You are on page 1of 544

area are tae

Syisinleas Urixtaivis
MeL Delsh eave a erin
Wteeeiywauem etavextwarnsutunusieneerisadess
tesa mye win wsatetaiwamtat
et nian: pitatitibitstitbintetitr bites
Se * weucspaeuaay Spiatat utes sieiges
Te eet tee Ett ET EE bse
petites

2 Baye
SHEE CELE EECSE LE eer REAEoC FEST
Segacatatu Sennecogoeanhgetouanyuarunanestate sats
Pettitte Cer eee tte rytater phe eeeieor
Peete tee et
Se etter
ceeeet EEE ELS
crtetet etek
jevenuvixayinaxis

cereeh atet
ase

Reena:
deetieuaats 3 Sad aah uae ee an TS ete Cease
Poe
Lyeaig ayia orien ob teeh eaer
brite

eateries saneaauieenevesetaesese
eeaiausua aaa
SPEER eae
FICC{easin Ppt ieiaainiaiayes
Rieee
eee
bay nae
edad atid wiedeee
i De Se
See
pe
EERE
pebe i bel obchet
a ae tere ee
Sapataayey eee
curarurieirinta TEE
artist ene
Sreraratarg atetetetere

el (au
Beets dediia} AEE
ining Sinan eainysistatauateg Staite =
easeseeta Heeetenste ste pbetsamaie

ret tee
Poeceaere
sakatsuiagestinaas

pipbpeetatetet
ures. es

Saya teak Cwan ak x


awavaate)

eae eee
cEEten

muaetinaeeaauwiagaaac
wiveuteumeqese=ssqoestetee ae
ae
pate
iEhiat?
rie
rat
bakes
sceneries i
iota preter rres Sree ates

htt

ahd
pptstseen
thatStcaeerd
ity etre viewssedaihitd finseieigesah
sine caste

Seeetera
ntmaeiene
Seana
Giiswieahtaiait
Aqiyesawe
ct
stan. mst
fates aereet

SEabiieiedeieaeabina aleeinuaaatatay
Sate rete OU aeeteTe LAN geal oa tainAa
Silva we WemAwh SAR SHE ERD AUCESS SUPE WEP
aprpreecreeERST SES cunts Mie
Reb
t

Seeraal Cees 7.
aaanea tinga8 ose peter
ae
eI
arrDeasses
geasstobi aecatete
et Uy Geteres

Tate ayia ts awear

iyeqinaqe!

cree ete =
sruien
aatineas a , mentgess : : rites
aawtree

Anim Ueda senor


rete
Siedntctehereeeetries
yessrtawns anne paren

Tataa gle
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2022 with funding from
Kahle/Austin Foundation

https://archive.org/details/pitmansecretaria0000eval
Pitman
Secretarial
Shorthand

EVELINA J. THOMPSON, B.A., B.Ed.

Chairman, Secretarial Science Department

Ryerson Polytechnical Institute

Toronto, Ontario

SIR ISAAC PITMAN (CANADA) LIMITED


TORONTO
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be
reproduced in any form (except by reviewers for
the public press) without permission in writing
from the publisher.

© Copyright 1967, Sir Isaac Pitman (Canada), Limited

SIR ISAAC PITMAN (CANADA), Lrtp.


PITMAN HOUSE, 383 CHURCH STREET, TORONTO 200, ONTARIO
SIR ISAAC PITMAN & SONS, Ltp.
PITMAN HOUSE, PARKER STREET, KINGSWAY, LONDON, W.C.2
PITMAN PUBLISHING CORPORATION
6 EAST 43RD STREET, NEW YORK 10017

Printed and bound in Canada by THE HUNTER ROSE COMPANY, TORON’

1234567
—7675 74 73 72 71 70
Contents

Unit Page| Unit Page |Unit Page |Unit Page


at <e l ZOREP a 132 OP ge obese 266 Osteen. 390
Leechsps 6 Deo ee 136 D2 ave 271 7 Wnisteren 396
hep das 1] BO ee 142 Doran 219 LOM 400
Ae ercke 5 16 Bee hae 146 Deans een 281 TO Rae 406
ite. ci 2 DO on bs Os 151 Se ber nde 285 On ee 411

Dates (a2 2 SA eee 155 Ow eer: 291 Slee cle 416


Leta hiss 3] BQ th oe 160 Dd Rae cok 299 OQ anaes 421
Mee cs 36 ih. hor & 167 DOs veterls 301 Bata 425
Dies tS 4] OAR Rete 171 DOME Aa 307 Been 430
LO ese. 47 BOs abe 176 OO ates 313 OD, hanes 436

We Sere at OO ci ae: 181 Olga sn avon 319 GOs 443


|i eeeoie 56 RN bare ae 186 OZ seuertius 325 S et aceas 449
eee 61 i sires cee 192 G3 sac. tant 329 SOaauee 455
i aaa 67 yO ste Se 198 Ode cetera 332 OO acre 461
POR se 14 Cea ae 203 Ooi bana 338 SLO RSeas 466

Nae ig ae 79 AES ib 208 GOR atau 342 GIN aSeeahees 472


Ry oer 84 BRE caf PAE) Osage oh 347 Patete 3479
ii een 89 Bee gers ae 218 OGme re et 350 U3 Sean 485
|S err 94 ss ee eg? 223 Laie alen 357 oF nae 489
EAU earnes 101 BD a oitioe 228 TOR oe 362 Oar! 494

Dal rae os. 107 40ers WBNS Tp oer 366 OG 9 test 499
Des 112 BTSs dye eet 241 Dts she 371 Ope Rote 504
Do hlsevs Uy AS eee ese 248 Poke lnBaten Onn OB ata Skt
DAD asters 122 AO Petetc253 Ue a 382 oe et oieark ite
74 eo ae eG DON ease 257 (ESE 386 LOO cess arat 523
iil
Acknowledgements
Texts containing realistic and meaningful material are made possible by the
co-operation of many people.
The following companies very generously supplied material for the Business
Correspondence section of this text: Imperial Oil Limited, Canadian Association of
Broadcasters, Personnelle Placement Services, Investment Dealers’ Association of Canada,
Royalmetal Corporation, Lid., Royal Bank of Canada, Canadian Imperial Bank of Com-
merce, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Aluminium Limited, Ross, Knowles and Company,
Toronto Stock Exchange, Phillips Electronics Industries Ltd., Royal Typewriter Company,
Cunard Steamship Company Limited, Physicians’ Services Incorporated, Stark Electronic
Instruments, Abitibi Paper Company Limited, The National Trust Company, Limited,
General Foods Limited, Canada Life Assurance Company, Globe Envelopes Limited, The
Royal York Hotel, and Canadian Broadcasting Corporation.
To the officials of a large number of prominent Canadian business organiza-
tions who wish to remain anonymous, I express my sincere thanks.
Very special recognition goes to my former student and graduate of the Ryerson
Polytechnical Institute, Miss Michi Shiga, who laboured so faithfully, patiently,
and pleasantly in preparing the material from the original manuscript. The
reliability of her work and her interest in the project were of inestimable help in
the preparation of the text.
My special thanks to Mr. Rennie Charles of the English Department of the
Ryerson Polytechnical Institute for valuable and constructive criticism which he
gave so willingly; and to my colleague, Miss Mathilda Meyer, who so diligently
and cheerfully assisted in the proofreading of the text.
I am grateful to the many students and teachers who have provided me with
helpful comments and suggestions. The experiences shared with them in the
classroom have been invaluable. This book should help to make the classroom
experience a rewarding one for others.
Bl feralBi
Preface

Those who acquire a knowledge of a shorthand system can be proud


of their achievement. To turn a basic knowledge of shorthand into
a usable office skill, however, requires practice in the techniques of
both notetaking and transcription. SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND is
designed to help develop effective techniques, and to provide
adequate materials for this practice.
The student using SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND will have completed
a study of the principles of Pitman shorthand. The fundamentals
are reviewed in this text, but they are introduced in an entirely
different order of presentation. The augmented vocabulary will
develop the student’s familiarity with the vocabulary of business and
science in a developing world.
SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND contains one hundred Units, ninety
consisting of four parts: (I) Theory Recall, (II) Speed Building
Through Phrasing, (III) Dictation and Transcription Techniques,
and (IV) Business Correspondence. Every tenth Unit consists of
three parts: (I) Theory Recall, (II) Speed Building Through
Phrasing, and (III) Article. Each Unit has sufficient teaching and
practice material for one class period and one homework assignment.
While the quantity and the difficulty of the material in the
Business Correspondence section of the Units gradually increase, no
serious attempt has been made to grade the content. However, the
last ten Units are designed to constitute the final sessions of an
advanced course.
In the advanced course, for which this book has been prepared,
students will combine their shorthand, English, and typewriting
abilities to produce the skill of transcription. This is the prime
purpose of the text. Wiel Loa
Introduction

Each of the one hundred Units of the text consists of four parts:

| THEORY RECALL

The Theory Recall section contains a review of basic principles of


Pitman shorthand beginning with the speed-building devices.
Recall words have been selected to broaden the student’s vocabulary
and to provide a reading, writing, and recall drill. Word lists serve
a useful purpose in the introduction or recall of theory learning
and in vocabulary building.
Beginning with Unit 70 definite review of the rules of the system
ends. Through the practice of related words and phrases, however,
the recall of theory principles is continued.

HD SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

One of the important factors in speed development is facility in


the technique of phrasing. The phrases listed in this section should
be practised until their use becomes automatic. This automatic
reaction can be developed easily if the number of phrases practised
at any one time is kept to a maximum of six. To achieve this facility,
the student should practise each phrase for fifteen seconds.

DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The purpose of Dictation and Transcription Techniques is to


emphasize the importance of good secretarial characteristics and
Vi
procedures. The topics in the various Units will provoke discussion;
they will sustain the student’s interest by providing variety; they
will also extend his knowledge of the non-shorthand aspects of
transcription.

tv BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

Canadian companies, corporations, and individuals have supplied


all the material used in this correspondence. The series of actual
business communications are, therefore, similar to those the student
is likely to meet in the average business, office. By using in the
shorthand classroom material similar to that encountered in an
office, the student may best prepare for office dictation. This material
provides a variety of dictation situations—letters, reports, memos,
telegrams, speeches, and articles.
The series continues in the corresponding Unit of the Teacher’s
Longhand Edition. This supplementary material gives added dicta-
tion for speed development or transcription, using words with which
the student is already familiar. Learning is thus reinforced, and the
possibility of developing hesitant writing habits is avoided. This
material also enables the student to see the conclusion of an entire
business transaction. It brings an office situation into the classroom.
In every tenth Unit, the Business Correspondence consists of an
article. Each article provides material which may be used for
sustained speed building and transcribing. Supplementary material
is provided in the Teacher’s Longhand Edition for each of these
Units as well. In some cases the article begun in the student’s text
is continued in the Teacher’s Longhand Edition; in others, the
material in the Teacher’s Longhand Edition conforms as nearly as
possible to the student’s text. In addition to their function in develop-
ing speed and skill, these articles are designed to instill a desire for
more knowledge about Canadian life.
Each letter or article is preceded by a Vocabulary-Building
Preview, which introduces the difficult words and their derivatives
and thus builds a word-family vocabulary.
A Punctuation and Transcription Preview also precedes the letters.
In it the superior numbers, 1, 2, 3, etc., correspond to the superior
numbers in the letter or article following. This preview is placed
vii
before the letter since students are inclined to read what comes
before the shorthand to be practised rather than what comes after it.
This previewing of the non-shorthand aspects of transcription should
help to prevent many potential problems from developing.

vill
Unit |

PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them fluently.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

ov THEORY RECALL

The prefix CON- (or COM.-) is expressed by a light dot placed at the
beginning of the following stroke. The position of an outline starting
with CON- or COM- is determined by the first-sounded vowel follow-
ing the prefix.

consist ..9...... }ies Ly‘ee constitute ..... Pes contribute ‘\ he

contemporary (Re akcoustant ily eek commit ..... |eS Sie |elec ieae:

consider icy ae popnierid aie alUe: community eats


2 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

In the middle of a word -CON-, -COM-, -CUM-, -COG- are


expressed by disjoining, as in:

recognize <2..42.42. reconcile com recommend ae

reconsider ..../9....... reconstruction ..L_,.. uncommon ......<—<....-.


. aii : a —-
unconscious ...c/....... incomparable “XA... uncomfortable ae aes

inconsistent .......°..... incomplete ......-7S........ disconnect ......... [t-te


. . —< . .

discontent | ce Ly
ite discontinue ..... Lt Fae

SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

we will be glad

we will be glad to have.

we will be glad to send you «

HUD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The successful secretary brings to her work an alertness, an interest


in, and an understanding of her employer’s work as well as her own.
Have your pen and notebook ready for immediate use at all
times. Always keep them in the same place in your desk.
Your notebook should be of good-quality paper, preferably
centre-lined, with a spiral binding so that it lies quite flat on the
desk while you are writing. Identify your notebook by writing your
name and that of the dictator on the front cover. Also note the date
when you begin using the book and the date when the book has
UNIT 1 3

been filled. The length of time a book is filed and kept for reference
varies with each office. If you take dictation from more than one
person use a separate notebook for each dictator.
Date each new day’s dictation in longhand on the bottom line
of the page, and use a rubber band to separate the used pages from
the unused ones—the previous dictation from the present day’s.
Always begin each new day’s dictation on a fresh page.
Two questions: (1) Are you leaving a few blank lines at the begin-
ning of each letter for special instructions? (2) Are you clearly sepa-
rating each letter?

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

consulting aie Newfoundland Higgins ...... j baw


a

Sew Agee A) ee ac ut.k development. dotachee onKeating) ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand
notes, study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions
indicated by these numbers.
1 Note the positions of the attention line and the subject line. Note
that they have one blank line before them and one after them.
2 The salutation Gentlemen is used to agree with the inside address.

Anderson and Bennett


Consulting Engineers
27 Queen Street
St. John’s, Newfoundland

bes
4 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

chal oe Seale Vi x ee >... J. P. Hughes, Assistant

Director, Division of Sanitary Engineering

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

assistant ay director resources va commission ...~<........

herewith >. borrowed

as soon as possible ..... oesire sincerely bees derived .l2.... pees

we have received ....c7\o.........

Mr. J. P. Hughes, Assistant Director


Division of Sanitary Engineering
Newfoundland Water Resources Commission
St. John’s, Newfoundland
004 EE Nits ENO ie EE Me ie 5:
hae yei eeAs |
Beg AD ys ON .8Mouy mists vars ee Soar
Sy SEES eerie 4 ISS
Bilin ee Oe Aa et 3 eee Die
eh eee eee ee
si Ce cee Ce ae ANDERSON AND BENNETT,
Bruce Higgins
PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation or loss of time.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

rh THEORY RECALL

The prefix ACCOM-(MO-) is expressed by K joined or disjoined.


These outlines are written in first position.

accomplish me Ba NS ae ay Eee )eed accommodate ..... lee ee

accompany

The prefix MAGNA- is usually expressed by M disjoined and


placed immediately before the following stroke. These outlines are
written in first position.
UNIT 2 7

magnetize ....... Lcao» bre ere magnify aS Hes = Eee — ee


maomitude 2.2 sete ites magnificent NE ted ie

mr SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


we shall be ............. Ke.LOTTA lease Wwe cannot oa MEET ince Nie
we shall be pleased ....... aeius we cannot understand ..¥.....
we shall be glad ...... a aS hans ee we cannot expect OES lees

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

A pen is the best writing instrument for shorthand.


Special Pitman-approved shorthand points are available in
certain types of fountain pens. As these points are fitted in the pen
independently, they can be replaced very easily, when necessary,
without the writer having to buy a completely new pen.
The use of a pen results in more legible notes. Do not be deceived
into thinking you are writing satisfactory shorthand with a pencil.
A pencil wears down very quickly, resulting in slovenly and hard-
to-transcribe notes.
A pen requires less muscular exertion than a pencil, because it
requires only a light touch. This is very important in helping to
avoid fatigue when taking dictation for a long period of time.
There will be more permanence to your notes when you use a pen—
a significant factor.
Pen notes are, therefore, more easily written, more easily read, and
more easily preserved.
Be sure your pen is filled and ready for immediate use at all times.

| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

at a loss As seh ied handling pet eae Carter ena SN Ae


8 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

: ;
: sane )CRAIec es ee im order that) 2
a2eutee SIZeS aes
husky 2o.ui6..

widest ...... A eo appropriate ee assortment ......: UheM Se

potential Noo... Pectitvare Ge ee situation a ae tee E;is


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions indicated
by these numbers.
1 When transcribing be sure to leave one blank line before and after
the attention line.
2 The word Gentlemen is used in the salutation to agree with the
inside address.
8 The comma is used to separate words or phrases used in a series.
4 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words.

Wilson and Carter’Limited


567 Richmond Street North
London, Ontario

Oe oN ees NeoY acy eae


fittings \._ 6... situation a rectified “.-.. years ago ..... eee

enlarged hie? os fu zsoe operations es ee facilities _.... Meh Bae)

we feel sure on my Be oy Os added _. ath ae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions indicated
by these numbers.

1 Serial numbers, policy numbers, stock numbers, telephone num-


bers, and invoice numbers are expressed in figures, and no commas
are used. Use the abbreviation No. when it occurs directly before
the figure.
2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.

Teen Town Limited


351 Bank Street
Ottawa, Ontario
10 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

AND CARTER LIMITED, J. S. Saunders


Unit 3

PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each outline until you can write it rapidly and smoothly.
Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another without
hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

|| THEORY RECALL
The prefix TRANS- is frequently expressed by TR-S. These outlines
are written in first position. Sometimes the full outline is preferable.

transfer nyverdes ange ee transplant teat PER ret nS.

transport ee sie aE Agents transgress ........... Le wlusacnsi es ishgetnadeetoes

translate £ i RE ET transcribe 2.3) io ser siete

PEACH tere
} oe
-
hh at Gar eo
12 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

NOTE: transit. Le b Uy,or. ep (teeie Ce Slee

transform

Ht SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

we would be ........... BeNEP Re we would be glad to have

we would not be

we would not be able to

TO DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

It will often be necessary for you to get information and previous


correspondence for your employer before he dictates answers to
certain letters. You should obtain this information and correspon-
dence from files and other sources. Some notations and instructions
about the transaction may help your employer; type these on a
separate sheet.
This kind of help shows alertness, intelligence, and interest in
your work.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Secretarial ......o-Z........ Science®;.... Lo ieee Ryerson cea


Polytechnical Sos listitutess eee very much
Zs

discussing ......,.--.J>-. prospective \q.Conk students =... Lee


telephone Khe... in the near future
UNIT 3 13
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The number listed below corresponds to that appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestion indicated
by this number.
1 Be sure to capitalize the firm name in the complimentary closing.
Miss H. Ray
Secretarial Science Department
Ryerson Polytechnical Institute
50 Gould Street
Toronto, Ontario

BUSINESS MACHINES,! Edgar Taber, Administration Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

individual’s ..~\e..... personality ...,...... dependability ee

ability 4 eS ponte ane development ..... ne tee

furnish coup eesee., SSIES Aly Een zs self-addressed 2b. cae

for your convenience ........ =e Pie tas eS: co-operation ...... Beant

prompt reply ...s:X... decision ....... ead ow


14 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions indicated
by these numbers.

1 Note the position of the subject line. It always follows the


salutation and has one blank line before it and after it.
2 In transcription the apostrophe and “‘s” indicate the singular
possessive form of the word.
3 The comma is used to separate words or phrases used in a series.

Miss H. Ray
Secretarial Science Department
Ryerson Polytechnical Institute
50 Gould Street
Toronto, Ontario
L, F. Rose, Manager, Personnel Records Department

Enc.
Unit 4

PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

be THEORY RECALL

The prefix INTRO- is expressed by a double-length N. These


outlines are written in third position.

introduce oh AIS Sao Pe ern t (eeeJa reel a esa (moe Note? See lee
UNIT 4 17

we have not received Oe les . we are instructed

we have just received Poe we are surprised

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

When your employer dictates to you he is going to assume that


you will get it all down, and that you will be able to transcribe your
notes quickly and accurately. It pays, therefore, to have a little
extra speed available—speed beyond the average rate at which
your employer usually dictates. This “‘cushion”’ of speed will enable
you to cope successfully with the speed spurts which form part of all
office dictation.
You must learn to turn the pages of your notebook very quickly
during dictation. Most court reporters and high-speed shorthand
demonstrators believe that it is best to ‘“‘work’” on the turning of
the page gradually as you write your notes. This is done by sliding
the page up—very gradually—as you write. By the time you are
writing on the bottom line of your notebook your non-writing hand
will be approximately in line with the top of the next page. A
quick flip and you are ready to start writing again.
Another method—also used by writers of experience—is to
hold the bottom corner of the page lightly between the thumb
and the first finger of the non-writing hand. The thumb is placed
under the corner of the page so that you are ready, as soon as the
last line of writing has been completed, to flip the page over very
quickly.
Choose one of these methods as your method; practise it, and then
be consistent in its use.
The ability to write faster than the minimum speed needed
“to get by’—plus good dictation procedures—will give you con-
fidence in yourself, and this confidence will enable you to produce
work of high quality.
18 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

WV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand
notes, study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions.

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
8 The colon is used after the following when this expression intro-
duces listed items.
4 The comma is used before Limited in company names unless the
official name of the company is written without a comma.
5 ‘The comma is used to separate words or phrases used in a series.
6 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, and
clauses.
7 The period is used after an indirect question.

Mr. A. K. Richan
Ryder Construction Company, Limited
729 Princess Avenue
Brandon, Manitoba
UNIT 4 19

COMPANY, W. T. Watson, Credit Supervisor

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Q_o :
AUG TS"
OY0es hae a EWOLGermtnats ost eee normali#vssn ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.
3 Spell out isolated numbers of fewer than three digits.
Mr, A. K. Richan
Ryder Construction Company, Limited
729 Princess Avenue
Brandon, Manitoba
20 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Bh oO Nee
Oe eae ea ee ee ee ee
Peace bs Oe oh ,. WINNIPEG FINANCE
COMPANY, W. T. Watson, Credit Supervisor
wnt)

PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

Be THEORY RECALL

The prefix SELF- is expressed by the S-Circle disjoined and written


in second position close to the following stroke. These outlines are
written in second position.

self-made ....2...... self-defence .°l.—2.... self-possessed ...... y ae OS oe

The prefix SELF-CON-(COM-) is expressed by the S-Circle


disjoined and written in place of the CON- dot. These outlines also
are written in second position.
22 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
fo] Oo

self-contained ....... Jee self-control hs self-conscious .....0......

self-confident Ay

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

we do not think Aes we do not wish ae we do not think there is ~..

we do not know . we do not see wasrhe we do not intend Va

it DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The ability to use words correctly is one of the trademarks of a


good secretary. Words are the basic “‘tools of her trade.’’ The top-
flight secretary has a well-developed vocabulary and can write with
ease any word that is dictated. Vocabulary confidence and vocabu-
lary competence are achieved through well-cultivated reading habits
and through practice in using words correctly in speaking and in
writing. The secretary who transcribed the word connoisseur as common
sewer made the mistake because she was not familiar with the word.
It is also necessary that you develop a “‘hearing” as well as a
“writing” vocabulary. Without this hearing vocabulary, you may,
for example, transcribe, “If I am an heir’ when the dictator
actually said, “If I am in error.”
You must develop the ability to write unfamiliar words by
automatically recording the sounds you hear. Never pause during
dictation to correct an outline, to ponder over its meaning or how
it is spelled. If you hear the word accurately and write the sound you
hear correctly, you will be able to read the word when you are
ready to transcribe. Practice in your dictation class will increase your
ability to record sounds accurately.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

typewriter NN Bkee Regina ZA... Ellesmere |/


UNIT 5 93
quotation ........as soon as possible eS appointed Pols eee
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand
notes, study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions,
indicated by these numbers.

1 The comma is used to separate the parts of addresses, dates, and


geographical names.
2 Note that c/o is typed in lower-case letters.

Regal Typewriter Company


980 Albert Street
Regina, Saskatchewan

Ss Z ZS = FZ Zs Bs

As Sale Pie) , NOROX CORPORATION,


R. J. Locke, Vice-President, Marketing

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

available “eiPee ten Aztec ae eee Ovysteneace, etree, 2 ere eeeeree


a

exita-charge 2.1. dant COMEACEUID: = pita.


ee your requirements ee.

convenient ...... Ce ae exclusives; serving Ph Get Ne


pes PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words or phrases in apposition.


2 The colon is used after as follows when this expression introduces
listed items.
3 In sums of money above ten the ciphers are usually omitted.
4 The comma is used to set off words used in a series. Trade names
are capitalized.

Mr. J. H. Bryce
c/o Royal Hotel
110 Front Street West
Regina, Saskatchewan
ed. Bs sea Be OSH tenet REGAL TYPEWRITER
COMPANY, T. J. Gregory, Sales Manager

[ROS DINE Det ere ot RRSFree Fheen iePe Bee ioe aasin Lhasa
thas eee

aa
Montreal ..............

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 The s followed by the apostrophe indicates the plural possessive.
3 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.

Mr, J. H. Bryce
Regina Branch Manager
Norox Corporation
36 Ellesmere Road
Regina, Saskatchewan

Ryo eae
26 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

REGAL TYPEWRITER COMPANY, T. J. Gregory, Sales

Manager
Unit 6
PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1, Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation or loss of time.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

LAs THEORY RECALL

The prefix IN- is expressed by a small hook when used before


S-TR, S-KR, and Upward Hay. These words are written in third
position. Stroke N is used in negative words (that is, when IN-
means not).

ATP
G Clipe ae: teeter ee ail acs: ee Ngee inhabit bg Pe

inhale Sm,
oe wee

Note: inhospitable ee
28 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Hensta. oes PNeis NOt es igle A Ped Ne MAY eee

he'may be. 7.2. he’must, be: ...; Be nee he seems to be au a

HHL DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Your English vocabulary can be developed as your ability to take


dictation is developed. When you encounter new words record
these in a separate ‘“‘vocabulary-building notebook.” Check their
spellings, meanings, and shorthand outlines. Practise writing the
shorthand outlines for these words until you are thoroughly familiar
with them and they have become part of your vocabulary. As soon
as you have become thoroughly familiar with a word drop it from
your list and add another new word. It is better not to work on
more than ten words at a time.
This form of practice can also be used very successfully when
you start to work in an office. You can learn the vocabulary with
which you will be working by examining and reading company
and trade magazines and file copies of correspondence. Place the
new words in a notebook and practise them. Sometimes you will
find it helpful to devise special short-cut outlines or intersections
for expressions that occur frequently in your dictation.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1
Aah Ann ee

wenypleased: oN nm assist 4ae pTs $ ond}. locating me (a sae


competent ...... ~ Soe. telephone ea
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
The number listed below corresponds to that appearing in the
shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand
notes, study also the punctuation and transcription suggestion
indicated by this number.
1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
Mr. R. K. Laidlaw
Atlantic Insurance Company
1224 University Avenue
Toronto, Ontario

PERSONNELLE PLACEMENT SERVICE, Mrs. M. Elizabeth

Smith, President
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

gracious ...... tai hallenge....... G AYE oe re-organizing a oe ee


Or. ;
analysing 1s AS SOOU AS tarto ee these requirements of Eee
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, and
clauses.
30 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mrs. M. Elizabeth Smith


President
Personnelle Placement Service
1168 Bay Street
Toronto 5, Ontario

R. K. Laidlaw
Unit 7

PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1, Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons which
Sollow.

Re THEORY RECALL

In negative words the prefixes IR- and IL- are expressed by the
downstroke AR and the downward L when the upward forms of
AR and L would be used for the positive words.

irresolute .......> De Ges! irrelevant ..... Baers irresistible a ee)

ilimitable ...... q MAG?

For the purpose of distinction AR and L are sometimes repeated.

irredeemable
o2 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

itirerans i) cap dllogiblen el fen lleatineren se


Mier eaten iMogical Adon.

He SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

he will be een Bes he will not be ...... bePenis he would be ...7.......:...:....

he would have oe would have been rsLas he will be there Law

| DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

In order to cover adequately all the situations which occur while


taking dictation, the secretary must exhibit a great deal of versatility.
She must be able to cope with “speed bursts.” On the other hand,
she must possess considerable self-discipline to be able to sit quietly
while the dictator strives for clear expression of his ideas.
During pauses in the dictation, the secretary must avoid such
mannerisms as tapping the desk with her hand or her pen; staring
at the dictator; or showing impatience by attempting to supply him
with a word (unless, of course, he has previously requested her to do
this).
Pauses are welcomed by the efficient secretary. She uses them to
read and, where necessary, edit her notes; correct fauity outlines;
and insert punctuation marks—if they have not been dictated.
After pauses or interruptions, always be ready to read back at
least the last sentence to the dictator.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Bee ae een Pre Canadians. J Vv ocational Wa.


ZS

Re-establish-ed-ment...~\.. institute? Hiss ae sits =p hondon aan


UNIT 7 33

Kingston ............ ardae ee amine co-operation NZ Na NE


a

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The number listed below corresponds to that appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand
notes, study also the punctuation and transcription suggestion
indicated by this number.

1 The comma is used to separate the parts of addresses, dates, and


geographical names.

Mr. J. A. Hunter
Vocational Training Branch
Department of Education
Queen’s Park
Toronto, Ontario

Lay ee (Se ores (..,. Mary S. Simpson


34 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Simpson om,_-. Canadian peril Vocational See Re-establish


a

-ed-ment ae Tostivutess: foe Safi Agee period NASA a


S

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Serial numbers, policy numbers, stock numbers, and telephone


numbers are expressed in figures with no commas.
2 The comma is used to separate the parts of addresses, dates, and
geographical names. Remember the number in a date is expressed
in figures if it follows the name of the month.
3 The colon is used after as follows if this expression introduces
listed items.
4 The comma is used to indicate the omission of words necessary
for the completeness of'a sentence.
5 In sums of money above ten, retain the ciphers for uniformity
when there are several amounts, some of which contain cents.

Mr. S. M. Bailey, Secretary


Teachers’ Superannuation Commission
762 Adelaide Street West
Toronto 2, Ontario

‘|bee Nes FE SERRE PEI CPP CE EE EERIE RE POR Par tn SE ERE, Ne ee OR


a

Db ey els 215 os. een


UNIT 7

Bes
nee
ia takes NN, SEEN BORER Sects

ee 20,1945 © is Orgs © 1 28
PNaladap AQ df A ye NU 2B
ss tn: ee oe ee ter Se aeye ah ~ Jer. Hunter; Busmess

Administrator
Unit 8

PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons which
follow.

ra THEORY RECALL

For the purpose of distinction the prefixes IM-, IN-, and UN- are
expressed by repeating the M or N.

immortal

immigration

unintentional ..... Wot Sie


UNIT 8 37
iT SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

he should be Puan se sl eer . he should not be ....... boxee:

he should not be there ..... ANGreo a. he has received ...... fr park att

he has never ....... 2 leah: weitaaot t he is unable to ........ ee Beast

tH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

A beginning secretary is frequently in doubt about what to do


when she does not hear or understand what the dictator has said,
or if she is not able to write as quickly as the dictator speaks. The
way she handles this problem depends on the personality and wishes
of the dictator and may differ in various situations. It is wise to ask
tactfully if he objects to being interrupted during the dictation, or
if he prefers the secretary to wait until the dictation is completed.
Some dictators lose the trend of thought when interrupted, others
do not remember what they said and prefer to clarify any questions
at the point where the lack of understanding occurs.
Always be sure you have asked for clarification of everything
that is not clear before you begin to transcribe. Your employer
will be happy and willing to do this. However, he may not be so
happy if you transcribe something that does not make sense and
has to be re-typed.
It is to your advantage to be aware of your employer’s likes and
dislikes, his idiosyncrasies, and his dictation habit preferences.
If he paces while dictating, do not try to fence him in!

HV) BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

mutual ..........<...... attempting kL eee: lL,bk shorthand eo Roe

dictation ok ee preparing
38 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

colleges we VERY MLUCH Sn Wee National Bank _... .........

Canada 2 ...2!2, lay bevablete a2. ~ eens tO heat 7A = act ine

at your convenience oles telephone ieee


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions indicated
by these numbers.
1 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.
2 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
Miss Frances Taylor
Assistant Economic Adviser
National Bank of Canada
27 Portage Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba

Olen
25 1 2b oe O(.,... Ruth Ramsey
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

ISSUES 3)... hywng. Mentioned ....<— telephone ...... ee? eos


UNIT 8 39

conversation ..\a...... Secretary .0\.o-(uu.. excerpts mg on


formals. J.

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

t The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.
Miss Ruth Ramsey
1587 Bayview Avenue
Toronto 17, Ontario

Jane Sone sapere .y.. Frances Taylor, Assistant Economic Adviser

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

shorthand ....... ~ Dome. dictation bepebs uh? BFa 4 secretarial elas


re |
pride ntsuye duh... high schools ...—.... appreciate: <i) eee

provides yy: excellent _¢... source ...».... acknowledged ~~ ie

explanation NaS er a Pebenent Se lt


coverage ...... .

educational Bae
40 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive or non-essential clause.

Mr. S. R. Wright
National Bank of Canada
27 Portage Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba

Ruth Ramsey
Unit 9
PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the letters until you can read them without hesitation.
3. Write each letter three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once again for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons which
Sollow.

ce THEORY RECALL

The suffix -ING is expressed by a dot in the following cases:


(a) After a light straight downstroke and AR:

maturing ee ah: ordering! \: attaching lige: existing ........ Leva

developing _¢1....... auditing atae acquiring .......... participating ..“..) 2

(b) When the NG-stroke would not join conveniently:

meeting ........ val raed fe


OVATIULTL meee
We eee wondering ..... a: es

fearing)... ae et POstige, 25 Sy eee requesting eae


42 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Paving. se rena y recovering .......)...... Tivalling ...... eee


expediting .. aa jee withholding .... AGE distributing ..... 7 See:
(c) Generally after short forms:

numbering ...\....... delivering _... be thanking ..... (Mae coming 22s

interesting ales . :

(d) Wherever -ING would be expressed by a dot, -INGS is


expressed by a dash:

listings ..2..... surroundings o>... bearings Sa


Bue

Hn SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

delerean «Nee if he cannot .....: — eae if he has Bt mate

aishe nas NOt... ifhe has not been ae if he is unable to

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The marks indicating corrections in your shorthand notes should be


made so clearly that they can be noticed easily when transcribing.
Frequently an employer changes his mind while dictating and
wishes to take out a word, a phrase, or even a complete sentence.
To indicate such deletions simply encircle the shorthand outlines
involved.
Sometimes the dictator may want to take out a word and substitute
another for it. In this case encircle the outline for the word to be
deleted and write the substituted word alongside it. If the change is
made after the sentence has been completed, encircle the outline
involved and write the new word above it.
Some secretaries prefer to write all the instructions in their
notes rather than encircling and writing the new word alongside or
above.
UNIT 9 43
The simplest way to show a transposition is to use the printer’s
sign for transposition: “You|will/therefore . . .”
If the material to be inserted is fairly lengthy and is dictated
to you after a sentence or paragraph has been completed, it is better
to mark the point of the insertion (or correction as it could well be
in some instances) with a caret sign (/\) and a letter, such as (a),
or a number. You should also write the corresponding letter or
number in a column of your notebook opposite where the insertion
is to be included. If there is space for you to do so, write the material
to be inserted in this column of your notebook; if no space is avail-
able write the material at the end of the letter, clearly marking it
with the letter or the number to correspond with the caret sign and
the note in the margin.
If you work for an employer who changes his mind frequently
while dictating, it is wise to write in only one column of your note-
book.
Always edit your notes very carefully before beginning to tran-
scribe.
Make quite certain that the letters you transcribe make good sense
and are a true expression of the thoughts of the dictator.

HV) BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

interview fOCCMCUE ee IN VILein esc ae Cae ea Ms,

facilities ....°..»..... executives .......... Oreamizations io tee

we have made arrangements “.\> . London Bo. Wellington gh ah

advances _bo Ses Liner See nee Toronto ae approximately ae

COULCCE Ya oe departure hug. arrival

x . CONNECHIONS ..4 meer...


proceed .pvena ae Eglinton...
44 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions indicated
by these numbers.

1 The names of specific departments within an organization are


usually capitalized.
2 The comma is used to separate the parts of addresses, dates, and
geographical names.
8 The number designating an hour of the day is expressed in
figures when used with the abbreviations a.m. or p.m. Remember
a.m. and p.m. are typed in lower-case letters.

Miss Marion Latimer


253 Central Avenue
London, Ontario

a
BUSINESS MACHINES, John Foster, Assistant Branch Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Day Liner Vx. assistant 448 dg we

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 A number in a date is expressed in figures if it is preceded by the


name of the month.
2 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words.

Mr. John Foster


Assistant Branch Manager
International Business Machines Company Limited
600 Eglinton Avenue East
Toronto 12, Ontario

WS Ou Ee —=

Marion Latimer

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

introducing
46 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

We PERTEU ent ea at the present time Nepw are unable to

RS alication Se atthaldtime...: - eee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1
The names of specific departments within an organization are
usually capitalized.
2 The comma is used after an introductory word or phrase of
less than five words if it is desired to indicate a pause.
Miss Marion Latimer
253 Central Avenue
London, Ontario

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES, Stephen Barclay,

Administration Manager, Uptown Branch


Unit 10
PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

1. Write each preview outline until you can write it rapidly and
smoothly. Develop the ability to pass from one outline to another
without hesitation.
2. Read the article until you can read it without hesitation.
3. Write the article three times—once for accuracy, once for speed,
and once again for control.
Follow the procedure outlined above for all similar studies in the lessons
which follow.

La THEORY RECALL

The suffixes -ALITY, -ILITY, -ARITY, -ORITY are expressed


by disjoining the stroke immediately preceding the suffix.

formality Soy..... possibility .... 2 \ ooo Revenrm acceptability —<\....

l
stability Ss eee durability dA; feasibility hae admissibility ..“X8......

MOVELtY 2.2: KX... majority vl =e minority... popularity ..\... a

EOSPCLIVY 2. °.\.
Ne similarity Yor
o~ irregularity >
..........
. SN . . . ° .

prosperity 7
48 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

if he would ick re if he would be _\......... if he has not been ............


ies
because he ise Wie because he is =e bien because he was eS ee

AUCLIS taeeeaeeeae

social ony €COHOMIC— a TUR ia determines io

around .-:...... outward |..\.......... appearance NUNS history {am

sculpture ...,ee. ‘;
Me. paintings |... Noe... portraiture ..... es Babel

ereetionsles frequently eae aoe Europtan cane ee

originals ae amateurs ‘~.......°.. country ....,~...... pioneers —

landscape 4... Atlantic ..... Kar settlers Hela

eoecias Zz\
painter aX thee habitant << 233

recorder Eastern. expanding Sea consequence-@ ea.

society ..... ]et Confederation Sp As. railway “(4 enabled <<<.


diering |. -: regions ...4ae territory Abie professional eGo

founded '\.....4)s initial meee objectives > establish-ed-ment ..A....

permanent \>_» Gallery mehees .... National A Ottawa & ae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The numbers listed below correspond to those appearing in the


shorthand notes which follow. As you practise your shorthand notes,
study also the punctuation and transcription suggestions indicated
by these numbers.
UNIT 10 49
1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
2 The comma is used before the co-ordinating conjunction to
separate two principal clauses.
3 Commas are used to set off words or phrases in apposition.
4 The hyphen is used with an adjective composed of two or more
words used before the noun.
5 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive or non-essential
phrases.
6 The comma is used to separate the parts of dates, addresses, and
geographical names.

ART IN CANADA

Sh olae
Pe. Bae)
eee ee 0 se
50 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Pha 3 oe eee Me iN Oe ae
UNIT 10 5]

Vo lo pavernN AS Pr ae oot, fe see c PONE Sines

Me OF aloe
Ze Ze

Commercial Letter, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Toronto.


Wie ii
PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS

Follow the suggested preparation procedure as outlined in the pre-


vious lessons for all similar studies in the lessons which follow.

er THEORY RECALL
The suffix -LOGICAL-LY is expressed by J disjoined.

Pee toldsieally: <1 me geological-ly ei) eh biological-ly 1ieee


<~—|
sociological-ly ...... A hen theological-ly “ ee chronological-ly .00!..

physiological-ly . S io

HO DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Usually as the dictator finishes answering a letter he gives it to the


UNIT 11 53

secretary. ‘he secretary needs to take from this letter only sufficient
information to identify to whom it is to be addressed.
It is also possible, if preferred, to use a numbering system. As you
are handed the letter you place on it in pencil the number you
have used in your notebook for the dictated answer. The correspon-
dence is placed face down so that at the end of the dictation the
letters will be in numerical order when the pile is turned over.
The sources for the addresses are readily available.
Another method is simply to make a note of the initials of the
person or company to whom you are writing.
If complete addresses are to be taken down, it is advisable to
write portions of these in longhand.

HV | BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

The correspondence in this Unit is a series of inter-branch memos.


One external letter has been included.
Note carefully the particular style of memo used by this company.
Indicate in your shorthand notebook that this material is to be set
up as an inter-branch memo by placing the abbreviation Jnt.
in one of the blank lines which you are leaving before the beginning
of each piece of dictation.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

In this lesson and those which follow, the numbers listed in the
Punctuation and Transcription Preview will refer to those appearing in
the shorthand notes. As you continue to practise your shorthand
notes, continue, also, to study the punctuation and transcription
suggestions indicated by these numbers.
1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
of PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

UNION INSURANCE COMPANY


TO: Policy Owners FROM: Halifax, Nova Scotia
service Department
ATTENTION: Loan and DATE: August 4, 19..
Surrender
Section RE: 1476816-2 Wideman

.x Jane Davis, Cashier

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

c NZ
attaching ...../........ pace orc Non-Resident Dt cky CarLicd aus

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


* Figures are used here because the letter is one in which numerous
percentages and amounts of money occur.

UNION INSURANCE COMPANY


LO: Halirax FROM: Policy Owners
service Department
AL GLENIION:-Jane* Davis) DATE Atoustel elo
RE: 1476816-2 Wideman
SUBJECT: TOUr Letter, AUgUS Gea elon.
UNIT 11 55
2a
ee ea 5 ee
SoS SEC CEES ME ea Coed SEES Be SCE EOD ED
OCSRO SAC TG)
CEE SP
I BL eee CoN Nee
zZ Z )

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate words used in a series.


2 When etc. (abbreviation of et cetera) closes a series, a comma both
precedes and follows the abbreviation unless, of course, the
abbreviation is at the end of a sentence.

Miss Jane Davis


Policy Owners Service Department
Union Insurance Company
176 Main Street
Halifax, Nova Scotia
56 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

See Ee ire AUR eM ee John Wideman


Wrait 12
7 THEORY RECALL

(a) The suffix -MENT is generally expressed by ...........

adjustment A ee

document eee Ne
NS
apartment (eters

disbursement ....]...

(b) ...... is used where ..x... does not join easily.

announcement ..270.............. commencement .+_2.. achievement ....2......


NL, °

: @w
resentment ..... ei aca ores CONSISNMENU 2: advancement Le

alignment ....... CW cette eee enlistment ........&........ postponement ..x.......

HL SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

and after that ........ a Be etches and we are glad .......... oe ee


58 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

and we shall be pleased ....°X......0.0........ and(if you Canc we


Q
and there will be .2YON...... and I hope you will be able to

Ha DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Mailable business letters are the result of careful planning and


careful workmanship. Attention must be given to care of your type-
writer, letter arrangement, accurate proofreading, careful erasing,
and clean copy.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

eeee ey, Droadcastersa.c...


=
we are considering

we would .<.... structure LL, activities ...... a hii

pamphiets....C.. breakdown OS ae handy ....... an REE

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2
Radio and television station identification letters are always
typed in capitals with no spaces.
Mr. T. J. Allard
Executive Vice-President
The Canadian Association of Broadcasters
85 Sparks Street
Ottawa 4, Canada
UNIT 12 59

CXXX? LIMITED, Ralph Innis, General Manager


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

build-ing .....S......
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used to set off words used in a series.
Mr. Ralph Innis
General Manager
Station CX XX Limited
156 Albert Street
Regina, Saskatchewan
60 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

She oo dese) AS nen Lcy tpl ach WS & Laie. PAT i Xx.

on UM Nay NtN Se A
“ aligreat ne A ee Sys oh ae
£ Pee Gl Mei la ScaeeS > Gana
DN ig eis wa tatyne tens bs degecsues Banaue sda ctnenen toss stauakenunse ¥en usa aes sas JsWarsad-sdasneasunmeneeeeres

aS FedeeNee ane OR
Lekes
ee) OS AeeNae
so EE ZO OS iN al atte) SON Jo te ea
ee ye C2 ae
qe
AVE Sears TET Sle ciate wae eae tae tse Seg) so Sess ateaack oes

THE CANADIAN ASSOCIATION OF BROADCASTERS,


T. J. Allard, Executive Vice-President

Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

for your letter —_~S-6. formal


Materialicae.

Mr. T. J. Allard
Executive Vice-President
The Canadian Association of Broadcasters
85 Sparks Street
Ottawa 4, Canada
UNIT 12 61

Innis, General Manager

Enc.
Unit 13
es THEORY RECALL

The suffix -MENTAL, -MENTALLY, -MENTALITY is expressed


by a disjoined .....

>

Hn SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


Ci
IMLOLE SANG MOU CR xxi eens .lower and lower

Tesctand less emerse Ce Pe Bt larger and larger ........... f


aie £1

again and again ............0... Dat tat now. and (then. ese
G

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The efficient secretary keeps the tools of her trade in good working
order.
Dust your typewriter each day; clean it thoroughly once a week;
and always cover it at the end of each day’s work. Type should be
UNIT 13 63
cleaned with a type cleaner or brush. Before erasing, move the carriage
to the extreme left or right so that all eraser crumbs fall outside the
machine.
If you are using an unfamiliar typewriter always check the size
of the type. Is it elite or pica? Remember: pica has ten spaces to the
inch; elite has twelve. Check: how many vertical lines to the inch does
your machine have?

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Architects at we architect-ure-al ..\__......... proposed ee

Bennett Neg fee Collegiate ..<z...... Institute .—f... tentative atBe


Ze sm

approvals ..... Neg project-ed -... Je: ere Committee ....... ioh hee

near future ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Note the position of the attention line. It has one blank line before
it and one after it.
2 Capitalize a common noun when it is used in place of the full
name of the concern.
S. R. Masters Associates
756 Governor Road
Postal Station ‘‘J”’
Victoria, British Columbia
64 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Administrator and Secretary-Treasurer

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

analysis “6 expensive... ae tederala eee, inchided2. =..s

exempt « ——sxs. built... Nyce build-ing ..S. rather than _.~... ees

allowances ae completely Se court ....c=...... any further ae

hesitate we ae Al Pas Patats rs

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Note the spelling of this word. Can you distinguish site, cite, and
sight?
* The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
8 Phrases such as that is, for example, and namely are preceded by a
semicolon and followed by a comma.
4 The comma is used after an introductory clause.

The Victoria Board of Education


721 West Street
Victoria, British Columbia
UNIT 13

S. R. MASTERS ASSOCIATES, C. R. Prince, Project Architect

Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

under separate COVEF .»Q.... drawings ie construction ...... alae,“iota


: \ ole
AECLEMraven, particularly ............ Cd responsible-ility ..... OS.
oe
ACEUL ACs nit. Current ee 2a eer mechanical-ly ....<-.—....

electrical .C.......... Supervisor ..d............ aoe


A
66 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used after as follows when this expression introduces


listed items.
2 Enclose in parentheses numbers or letters that accompany
enumerated items appearing within a sentence.
3 Enclose in parentheses explanatory matter or comments that
are independent of the main thought.
4 It is good form to use Sep. Cov. when material referred to in a
letter is being sent to the addressee under separate cover.

Webster Construction Company


395-21st Street
Victoria, British Columbia

iw Ci AT ME cst inner
ttn ec

LS ee ae Ee MRO Pe
ay tS a

Ee a Yo 29.00 eR ee a

Tan RG Ab po eee

LON care eee IE I,


UNIT 13 67

eee. ST SU Nec
Ae ee enn A ey be rn Bs
Sass S. R. MASTERS ASSOCIATES, C. R. Prince, Project

Supervisor

Sep. Coe
Unit 14
A THEORY RECALL
The suffix -SHIP is expressed by a joined or disjoined SH.

CICIZENSNID ep oa relationship ee fait championship .....!7?.. ues

censorship ...._¢/... ownership ....... eos guardianship ........ y vee

partnership 7 Ae ‘leadership ..... eee . membership ......... ~~ oat

hardships ...... » are scholarship ia.qc...

The suffixes -LESSNESS and -FULNESS are expressed by a

disjoined ...C....... or ...\e.....


carelessness ....c=<.... thoughtlessness Xe <3) helplessness NG

uselessness .....,2/-....... cheerfulness ....... -eRe resourcefulness ean


No
thoughtfulness ..... Cd carefulness ..—-\..,....... faithfulness ...... x Peete
No
g
forgetfuiness 2) =f

An SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

greater and greater ....... Behe rules and regulations ......., eae
UNIT 14 69
capital and labour

over and over again

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Do not begin the transcription of your notes until you have checked
to make sure that everything you will need is in plentiful supply
and close at hand. Do you have: letterheads, copy paper, carbon
paper, envelopes, erasers, pencils?
On your reference shelf do you have a dictionary, a secretary’s
handbook, a shorthand dictionary, a city map, an atlas, a hotel
guide, the Canada Year Book, the Canada Official Postal Guide,
and books or journals which deal specifically with your firm and its
clients?
Remember: a good transcriber has her work routine well organized.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Dorion, 2.2! Vestees © Le Claire £22 Pe. possibility ..... YY ate a

conference .\_Z... regarding the requirements \ ae

Al tlie present time Noe available .........

eee outside .....|............. location ...... ©. equipped <x.


television .\>.. unexcelled <0. cuisine .c_o..... superb <A...

restaurants 42.000. as well as....... Clea inspect-ed-ion PEN


70 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

accommodation aU sae ap
Paar arrange ofpEre He Poa ANE S

Board of Directors ........ hy ee eae decision ....... iic ES Boatd 238


=

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 A dash is often used to show emphasis—especially in advertising
and sales letters. Remember the dash is made by striking the
hyphen twice with no space before, between, or after the hyphens.
3 When a compound adjective before a noun contains a number,
the expression is hyphenated like any compound modifier.
4 The semicolon is used to separate the independent clauses in a
compound sentence when either of the clauses contain internal
punctuation, such as a comma.
5 The comma is used after a short introductory phrase if it appears
natural to pause.
Mr. Pierre Dorion
General Manager
Association of Artificial Snowmakers
17 High Street
Montreal, Quebec
UNIT 14 7]

PR Bee ROYAL YORK HOTEL,


J. L. MacAndrew, Sales Promotion Manager
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Board of Directors Me arriving

with you .......... in the meantime


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


Mr. J. L. MacAndrew
Sales Promotion Manager
Royal York Hotel
Toronto, Ontario

4bers ae ee Bel is Coe NO ee Bik do Se en See


a2 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

yey ASSOCIATION OF ARTIFICIAL SNOWMAKERS,

Pierre Dorion, General Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

requirements

Snowmakers :

rental Zoe reception was. balrocne. aos CONCEHGH arenes

for your convenience ...... Ne eeets at least ...... iepees arrival re oe

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used after following when it introduces a list of items.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
3 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
UNIT 14 73

Mr. Pierre Dorion


General Manager
Association of Artificial Snowmakers
17 High Street
Montreal, Quebec

ee Bnei ern eO ibe Nok et at


Lect Wes tae Ae en | ee
ES POW te ey cin. te he Naa dali el Oh eh Oe

es Nia

es 2 ING Jirilb sae oa mecpeee! arts ean aR eo

Bin Ss, J Oe JTipit kN TAR i SO A aS of.ee


74 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ROYAL YORK HOTEL, G. W. Nelson, Conv


ention Manager

Encs.
Wrntt 15
a THEORY RECALL
The suffixes -WARD and -WART are expressed by a half-length W.

straightforward bes

The suffix -YARD is expressed by a half-length Y.

backyard Ms katett shipyards ake sort. J stockyards ....... mee ee

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

billtotsale =... VE. Births on the part of bene De Roe.

some of them ...... ar Tee bilPoflading =... Webs eee


Ge
point of view ....... er ieee Asta Matteroltact 0 ves

HHH] DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

When transcribing always read at least a phrase or a sentence ahead.


Many secretaries prefer to read through all the material to be
76 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

transcribed before beginning to type—editing their notes, checking


spelling, inserting punctuation, and noting any special instructions.
If the letter you are about to transcribe is obviously going to
take more than a page, put a light pencil mark in the right-hand
margin where you should stop typing. (Incidentally, be sure to
remember to erase the pencil mark afterwards!) Some typewriters
now have a special scale which, when set, will indicate how many
lines there are remaining on the page.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Note the position of the subject line. It has one blank line before
it and one blank line after it.
2 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
The Dominion Assurance Company
292 Dundas Sireet
London, Ontario
UNIT 15 77

x? WS
CORO)
R tate

A LUG a ee ee ,-.. JOHNSON AND WATSON,


ARCHITECTS, J. T. Armstrong

Enc.

c.c. Devitt and Crawford Limited

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

ae estimate ..),... installation (2.

ey Sein OL er tO amortize ..7..~...°...

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 It is permissible to abbreviate words, such as pounds, gallons,
feet, in letters which contain estimates. The symbol % also follows
this rule.
8 Write the word cents after the figure for amounts under $1.
4 When a compound adjective before a noun contains a number,
the expression is hyphenated like any compound modifier.

The Dominion Assurance Company


292 Dundas Street
London, Ontario

2 palSAN OU
Se cuwases@asereitVER
78 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

No Nilo ae), wal cues eae

@
29392 Nes

WATSON, ARCHITECTS, J. T. Armstrong


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

.. quotation tat ena ht (eum. Gergen steel Ye Re

ohh eas mechanical-ly .—>—..... exhaust Se ee

system I-n..2.. examined —63.—5-3. subcontractor ~


Tealisticp es aaece eae adequate ...... JPree breakdown oe Lik

proceeding EA encountered .....—.2.......


UNIT 15 79

Devitt and Crawford Limited


716 University Avenue
Toronto, Ontario

JOHNSON AND WATSON, ARCHITECTS, J. T. Armstrong

Enc.
Unit 16
Ad THEORY RECALL

The doubling principle is one of the most useful principles in Pitman


shorthand. It provides rapidly written and easily read signs for a
very large number of frequently used words.
Curves are doubled in length to add the sounds of -TR, -DR,
-THR (heavy), and, in common words, -TURE.

further ...\...ies future Sees orders ...>)Ce: = act charter ..... >\a
ee
householder oe central eet nt alterauno ee

importer’..<1,.. exporter: - ae ters bee Ue borders ae


calendar

Stroke L when standing alone, or with only an S-circle added, is


doubled only for the sound of -TR.
UNIT 16 81

| DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

When you are transcribing technical terms or any words that are
unfamiliar to you either in spelling or meaning, consult your
dictionary. Be sure to learn the shorthand outlines for such words.
When transcribing your notes be especially careful with simple
words. Reading a short word incorrectly may throw your reading off
completely. If you cannot read an outline in your notes, read beyond
this word to pick up the meaning of the sentence and then go back
to the troublesome outline. Usually the troublesome outline can
then be read without difficulty.
Remember that everything you transcribe must make sense.
A letter that has no meaning for the person who is receiving it
has no function whatsoever. A good secretary does not transcribe
her notes blindly. She thinks carefully about what she is doing,
making sure that what she transcribes makes sense regardless of
the obvious errors that the executive sometimes makes. Occasionally,
for instance, a dictator uses the wrong form of a verb, or fails to
complete a sentence. Never, never try to justify an error in your
work by telling the dictator, “But that’s what you said!’ He pays
you to think—not just to type!

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1
82 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 In the body of a letter the abbreviation No. is used when followed


by a figure.
2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.

Executive Furniture Designers


Galt
Ontario

Py ONG Ni Sia eae ee


{SA Gee cas Bi, |tam ae op aietae ae a

Ace sewectesstees Eve mle BOC eet ct Mi eek ve

Ou ee Tce a = alae

ane GY ee 1 <<... ACME INSURANCE


COMPANY, W.N. Purvis

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

yesterday AA... Hamilton ee inspect-ed —\. credenzas J...

referred DEE Pee stainless hee ae dented ee east appears We oe


UNIT 16

standpoint is at your earliest convenience Le authorization oo


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.


2 The comma is used to set off words, phrases, and clauses that
identify or explain other terms.
3 The comma is used after a parenthetical word (non-essential)
at the beginning of a sentence.
4 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, and
clauses occurring within the sentence.
Mr. W. N. Purvis
Acme Insurance Company
175 University Avenue
Toronto 2, Ontario
84 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ae mee ees gist, ea ea ce COUN eae BES idsha:

Bo ay a.| ee ee!
Oe Ns Ber Wa eS Retin acre OES AO

“A7 si raha BENS YN EXECUTIVE


FURNITURE DESIGNERS, R. L. Thompson
init 17
He THEORY RECALL

The sounds MP and MB are expressed by the stroke ...—..... This


sign is doubled to add R.

temperature |_—~ December d—~.. sombre 7... bumper \——.

tamper .... coe AIDED. Asan,

The stroke NG is doubled to add KR and GR.

Ar SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

cost of production ................ )


aR ve nes one of the most important

GU COR tHE MuEstiON i stot come to the conclusion ...resus...

in the majority of cases ............ ie ae over and above ............. a eee


86 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Ha DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Rev. Samuel Wesley said, “Style is the dress of thought.” Your


letters, properly and attractively set up, are the dress of the secre-
tary’s thought. Remember: your letters are often the only contact
between your company and its correspondents—make it a good and
lasting contact!
When you first begin transcribing letters you may need some help
in arranging the typed material on the page. A placement table can
guide you in this, but it should be used only as a guide and not as an
exact placement formula. It is not to be memorized. Learn to estimate
how many words you can write in a line of shorthand. Count
the number of standard five-letter words in a few lines; take an
average and multiply this by the number of lines of shorthand in the
letter. This will help you in using a placement table. All letters can
be divided into short—0-100, medium—100—200, or long —200-300
words, and a simple placement table set up for this.

AV| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

booklet .\............ convenient ae described debe be ©


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


Mr. R. F. Balcer
P.O. Box 71
Lachine, Quebec

cs Zs

[Gs xd Perpeeeadtis aC.


UNIT 17 87

gen i GN |
i Psa ie eae a geen QUEBEG
LOAN COMPANY, R. M. Dupuis, Credit Supervisor

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

conditional |.......... limited wd fi fi PECOUrse 72 ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Technical or trade terms, when used in non-technical material,


should be enclosed in quotation marks.
2 The commas are used to set off non-restrictive or non-essential
phrases or clauses.

Frank Wilson Limited


Lachine
Quebec
88 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

(Cl AONE Og eg ee eres Ee <

sees Lyd 8. Ex... Yn-y QUEBEC LOAN COMPANY,


R. M. Dupuis, Credit Supervisor

Enc. Cheque: $13,520.94

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Richards ..... A bees we would be .....2........ expensive ou... Se,

in order ..... <....... settlement ........... eee ae some time .......<>>......


under this arrangement ..... % Ra) on ties if you are able to WA

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off words in apposition.


2 The comma is used after an introductory clause.

Mr. R. F. Balcer
PiOr Box 7]
Lachine, Quebec

AES
Z Z
Ree PT2NO ee eee a ioptepa ae meneetiee8
Piece, TG all HEU vals Leet nh egy Eien a

Maderesaics Eee ioe lars Al ik CNoe sere avomaeny


testfe ee

2 OS at:Sg das Ae ha ae ifee Gpete

APRA DS iS wk hi A QUEBEC
LOAN COMPANY, R. M. Dupuis, Credit Supervisor
Unit 18
ae THEORY RECALL

A straight stroke is doubled to add -TR, -DR, -THR, or -TURE:


(a) When it follows another stroke:

educator ob cence picture

structure NER ooh ee inspectors dictator on elie


(
speculator refrigerator ......\y..... indicator .....|—= ome
.

encounter ...

contractor .....0- ee ee

(b) When it follows an initial circle:

sector aoe. scatter separator oe skater o_-_.

(c) When it has a final hook or a finally joined diphthong:

painter ee fender. = squander rr blunder ...... \ pee

tender vonsae rafters ve tutorees<. i


eer: powder ..... ie ke.
6 ap
counters.
- -skincdere peewee
UNIT 18 91

Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of a in phrasing:

asarule ......°7 just a few ....... ee ae for a few days ey


in a few days oar ee as a result ....! 8 ae, ina Position...) wees

10 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Many factors affect the placement of letters on the page and you
should learn to adjust your placement guide.
The use of many paragraphs or the inclusion of tabulated material
will lengthen the letter. Adjust this by raising the date line.
The use of elite type will shorten the letter. Adjust this by lowering
the date line.
Do you know that 84” x 11” paper has 85 pica spaces and 102
elite spaces across the page?
Remember-to leave 15 blank lines, space down 16 lines.
If you have typed a letter and find it is placed too high on the
page, leave extra space between the firm name and the typewritten
signature.
If you find that you have under-estimated the length of a letter
and that you will require a second page to complete it, end the
first page a little higher than you would ordinarily. Try to carry
over at least three lines of a paragraph to the second page. Avoid
typing the first line of a paragraph at the bottom of a page.
Experience will enable you to set up your letters correctly; the
space taken by the notes in your shorthand notebook will be a good
guide. Eventually, you will place a letter correctly intuitively.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Electronics one of your oe


92 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

incorporated

let us know....£.02........

Fraser Electronics Industries Limited


116 Hanover Avenue
Bridgeport, Nova Scotia

WILSON CORPORATION OF CANADA, LIMITED, W. M.


Linder, Supervisor, Parts & Accessories Purchasing Department

Enclosures 3

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

colours —(...9.. comments .....’v¢....... a8 quickly as possible


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Technical or trade terms, when used in non-technical material 2

should be enclosed in quotation marks.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Wilson Corporation of Canada, Limited
Parts & Accessories Purchasing Department
Administration Building
Bridgeport, Nova Scotia
UNIT 18 93

ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES LIMITED, W. O. Kirkpatrick,


Buyer

Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

in reply to your letter

In-other: words vino ex

button ..... ‘hero funedst es)... powered ...... Ne ate manual |...

application .—... must be cee comparable oN


...~....~. as soon as ............

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The colon is used after the following when this expression introduces
listed items.
3 The comma is used to separate words or phrases used in a series.
4 The comma is used before Limited in company names unless
the official name of the company is written without a comma.

Fraser Electronics Industries Limited


116 Hanover Avenue
Bridgeport, Nova Scotia
94 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Se Veber See ee pstione oe me WILSON


CORPORATION OF CANADA, LIMITED, W. M. Linder,
Supervisor, Parts & Accessories Purchasing Department

Encs.
Unit 19

ae THEORY RECALL

Strokes may be halved to show the addition of T or D as follows:


(a) In words of more than one syllable:

Cremitten. fla. 6 automatic i debitvgs. l.


roe: indeed areata

Practical x67, protection certain ....o—<..... perfect ...\s=......

refute ..Z.~........ absolutelly....©......... TelenVecine arros reserved e2405

prevents “\xe.... decidedly ..b...... exact Lee currently ae

apparently LATA pee oe secretary a... democrat Lac.

delicates.. ["cae ee endowed ....=<4h...... memorandum .

Me ecniici 22 eenerate as ie

(6) When the stroke has a final hook or a joined diphthong:


96 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of a in phrasing (cont’d.):

HOPAISLEACCRTENE 2S Petcc we are not in a position .

to a certain extent ..»o....... it is a well-known fact ...... |


ee

POEs A OME HUI 1) ee enere at @ OSS, |S eee e e ae e

i] DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are your erasers clean? They can be kept clean by rubbing them ona
piece of white paper. Plastic type cleaners used on the error before
using an eraser eliminates the need to remove ink from the eraser.
This practice results in a more acceptable erasure.
Move the machine to the extreme right or left before starting
to erase. A good hard eraser should be used on originals of your
transcript; a soft, colourless eraser on the carbon copies. Correct
your mistake as soon as you realize you have made it.
Experiment with the various types of correcting fluid and paper
which are now on the market. Many are very satisfactory. They are
easy to handle and eliminate the danger of dirty machines caused by
faulty erasing.
If your error consists of your having typed a word with one
letter too many, or one letter too few, this can be corrected neatly
and easily by using the space-bar on some machines, or on others by
using the backspacer key.
The following illustration will show you how this can be done on
a manual machine:
You have just typed the word you for your. A letter must be added.
Erase the whole word you. To use the space-bar method, set your
carriage so that the last letter of the preceding word is at the exact
printing point. Depress the space-bar slightly and hold it each time
as you strike the letters y o u r.
To use the backspacer method, set your carriage so that the first
letter of the succeeding word is at the exact printing point. Press
UNIT 19 97
down and hold the backspacer slightly depressed each time as you
type the letters r u o y (which will, of course, be y 0 u r!).
If you have typed your instead of you, the procedure will be the
same except that your starting point will be different by one full
space.
On most electric typewriters this type of correction may be done
by using the half-spacing key.
An alternative method, and one to be used with electric type-
writers that do not have the half-spacing key, is to erase the entire
word and put the paper into position so that the first letter of the
word may be typed. Then slide the paper a half-space to the right
by using the paper release, and then type the word to be inserted.

HV: BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

confirm Sag Sage conversation ... Ne....... advertise-d-ment ee

interview applicants ~~ ee Edward) |i eee

Sheraton ..... 4A Siete procedure py 0 =pae Spey ieee


MAGLI Sars Relay lof assisted 4 Rae qualifications fy ae

requirements .A.>\5.-0)... Lo) e/g COMPUCC Here > ere


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The colon is used after the following or as follows when such
expressions introduce listed items.
Mrs. Elizabeth J. Quinn
Personnelle Placement Service
1168 Bay Street
Toronto 5, Ontario
98 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

COMPANY LIMITED, Mrs. Eleanor Martin, Secretary to Mr.


Ralph B. James

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW INFORMATION SHEET

accurate foto... Aachen Re ee familiar-ity\


in order tO 2.0. supervise Ne oe ee Sees Siren:

bookkeeping ° ee procedure pep representatives s......


; a &
EXCCULVGl ee Ue are EXDCriene ie ae stenographic |<

high-pressure JAEE undertake ...... oe responsible-ility wae


UNIT 19
o9
100 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

aa apo! Clea tne: a ah mates x ens, eels Se Ne Bae RL

eee Gee Se nae ae


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

conversation ghee aa Oo Cae gee ae written”. A ae) ia.

SOOTLED oe sso circumstances ..d...... prevented \n4q.


oe. 2.

applicants SS ave YOU WETE Orne capablee aati ae


mentioned .—>— 2... >_2... SEC oN, Ne aa Ye sad od wiih

reassurance ..,4.2.... decisions ....... afae eter her-own x: eS i a lees

undoubtedly
“WW... initiative ..... a eae hesitancy ........ ZIWet Ee
detected«.., Desens daughter ced Seale:

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
8 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words or phrases.

Mr. Ralph B. James


James & Scott Company Limited
P.O. Box 588
Nassau, Bahamas
UNIT 19 101

ee wonga BE eg eae WLug.... PERSONNELLE


PLACEMENT SERVICE, Mrs. Elizabeth J. Quinn, Vice-President
winit 20
ae THEORY RECALL

In words of one syllable a light straight stroke without a final


hook or joined diphthong is halved for T only; a heavy stroke without
a final hook or joined diphthong is halved for D only.

Chater oa. erate, c=... Srade --- deed aieb. goutsan ce

straight 1... light


COMPARE
played aes. plateyeS

decd nee Ee acne caterers |eee

(0) om ew vote ....... a eee


Half-length HAY standing alone is always written upwards.

height Soe eat

Half-length RAY standing alone is not used unless it has a final


hook.
COMPARE

but
UNIT 20 103
Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of or in phrasing:

contemporary . ene original ahi nial favourite aca tea einen ce


Ontario peel bent Brea landscaperet:iaeize hls) Indianit ceo feaee

painted ..... Xxae wes totem. 2 2" | se eee HDT eye eee eee

disbanding ......... tos ania te tek intervening

cosmopolitan oy mincdiul ee. Meee Practical waa vee Bee th

creative aan eee =—..... comparable NAS contribution ee

process ......... 2 neue Sciences te peel Humanities “4...


Soca a. oh pee scholarship aula fellowship ....: Ne Pa oat

nevertheless .....-\....... inception ..... Tee bre assistance ........ |


Pees a0

ob palleriese ace

exhibition _..S..—-X... benefit tae publicity pp


arouse es eset periodicals 4)... visual Ss pie

Centennial __(.... Confederation Sao ect ie Nee AY


S
104 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

corporations 0.0.2...

smpport: xs

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words, phrases, or clauses that are
parenthetic or give additional information.
2 The comma is used to set off words in apposition.
3 The comma is used after an introductory clause, phrase, or words.
4 The semicolon is used in a balanced sentence incorporating
parallel principal clauses to separate the principal clauses.
5 Brackets are used to indicate an insertion in a quoted extract.
6 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
7 The comma is sometimes used in long involved sentences for
clarity’s sake to separate subject and predicate.

ART IN CANADA

Oo Olt Ser ens Sneha, ne

ca a as
UNIT 20
106 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
UNIT 20 107

Reproduced by permission from the “Commercial Letter,’ Canadian Imperial


Bank of Commerce, Toronto.
Unit 21
THEORY RECALL

RT is generally represented by half-length RAY.

part We Oe Starti.. LCathe support erie SOLE, canoes export Mae

aeert ES alert ites smart ..7.......... chart :za report 4...

import —~< transport ..c\.¥.....


Note: desert ede. assortment as ae

In past tenses the syllable TED or DED is represented by half-


length T or D respectively.
COMPARE

paint Ses painted ..... »ae


COUNT eu. Countédies.

The syllable TED or DED following T or D at the end of a word


is represented by disjoined half-length T or D respectively.

treated... dated .... lemeadictated’ | 5 mam credited "1...


expedited ence NA SUDStMCLC peteee liquidated an ia}et
consolidated fl!
ps het illustrated ........ A Pee: dreaded an. iee ere
fluctuated ....\ :
UNIT 21 109

at SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Or may be doubled to add other, their, there.

one-or. other 43.s. how ae SI or their/there aN ot Lee ey

somehow or other

1D DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Always proofread your work very carefully before removing it


from your typewriter. In this way you will be able to correct your
errors much more easily.
If you are erasing on carbon copies, use an aluminum or plastic
guard or celluloid eraser shield rather than a card or scrap of paper.
The guard cannot be left in the page by mistake. Place the guard or
shield between the original and the first sheet of carbon; erase on
the original. Then move the shield to the next carbon sheet; erase
on the first carbon copy, and so on.
If you find an error after you have removed the letter from the
typewriter, make the erasure before re-inserting the page. To test
the correct vertical and horizontal placement on the original copy
before striking the key, switch the ribbon lever to stencil and tap
the key lightly; then switch to ribbon impression. If you are using a
manual machine, strike the correct letter lightly so that the corrected
letter will not be darker than the surrounding copy. If you are
using an electric machine, adjust the touch control for a lighter
impression.

i BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1
attaching ..../.... )ae: Onicia less Se Pate Fundedites.,.caep acces
addenda ae Peet as we have........... Ov eeae
110 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

absolutely RS Vital Sec eee oTapsth as.


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 A semicolon is used before such expressions as namely, for example,


and that is to say, and a comma after them.
The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
3 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words.
Commas are used to set off non-restrictive (non-essential)
phrases.
Mr. J. A. H. MacFadzean, Secretary
The Investment Dealers’ Association of Canada
55 Yonge Street
Toronto 1, Ontario

Be Pea ai ta er ae tee ROYAL 5

BANK OF CANADA, John Gibbon, Manager, Advertising Depart-


ment

Enc.

cc: Mr. T. H. Cummings


UNIT 21 111
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

with reference to the ae yar discussion fs oe to let us know Dew ith

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

Mr. J. A. H. MacFadzean, Secretary


The Investment Dealers’ Association of Canada
55 Yonge Street
Toronto 1, Ontario

D2aye tne ¥yeaigen ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,


John Gibbon, Manager, Advertising Department

rene:
cc: Mr. T. H. Cummings

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

forsyour-letter. as 45s: atbaAched ssi. 7... Funded ....\ e ae

wording .......... Nima eee) addenda — oo separate =)WA Oe Ao

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words.


112 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. John Gibbon, Manager


Advertising Department
Head Office
The Royal Bank of Canada
Box 6001
Montreal, P. Q.

INVESTMENT DEALERS’ ASSOCIATION OF CANADA,


J. A. H. MacFadzean, Secretary
init 22
a THEORY RECALL

The strokes M and N are halved and thickened to add D.

Bienen st. nde et ee modern ...... <i =e muddicne sae

board ae iene SSSULCCine Beat secured ........7... impaired) aa

Card eon firedses = eh insured yor a. Tequired 4...

standard 2 ieee ordinary & ae aie conferred ets declared ee

SHAT OU is der.aA afford ..... SS pire

Note: (a) The sign ........... may be used for RD to obtain a better

outline.

peared. .A coloured i 2. lowered 74...

(b) If a vowel is sounded between R-D or L-D the full strokes


are written.
COMPARE

foldii.. y rep ar oloweaws es


114 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

boredt ee. Mec, A


borrowed ....™.."...

TIALCC eee eee Miathied.

co SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of fo in phrasing:

up to date a nae ought to have been wlNSat seems tomes et


needless to say!) having regard to \.s-. that is to say = om

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

To make a correction on a carbon copy that has been removed from


the machine, line up the copy in the machine so that you are ready
to strike the correct letter. Staple together a small square of bond
paper and one of carbon paper. Insert the square in front of the
space where you are going to type the correct letter and hold it
there while you type the correct letter. For multiple carbons add
more pieces of bond paper in front of the square of carbon paper so
that the print will correspond to the surrounding copy as you work
toward the copies that are less distinct.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

a
UNIT 22 115
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.


2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words.
Mr. J. A. H. MacFadzean, Secretary
The Investment Dealers’ Association of Canada
55 Yonge Street
Toronto 1, Ontario

John Gibbon, Manager, Advertising Department

cc: Mr. Cummings


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


116 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. J. A. H. MacFadzean, Secretary


The Investment Dealers’ Association of Canada
55 Yonge Street
Toronto 1, Ontario

BO ee ee “ROYAL BANK
OF CANADA, John Gibbon, Manager, Advertising Department
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

for your letter oaeAire tel preparation ..... Ney ake

indication ......—...... separate =e flees neatly ......... : er


inserted .....A.....9/2.. pocket ....... ee AEX CLE = re |

therein Queene overlookedlo7.45" procedure ....... py ee

Garden ...... ae ere Co-operative nwt independent-ly-ce ~%...


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
2
The semicolon is used to separate the independent clauses in a
compound sentence when either or both of the clauses contain
internal punctuation, such as a comma.
The Royal Bank of Canada
Head Office
The Royal Bank of Canada Building
Box 6001
Montreal, P.Q.
UNIT 22 117

Age ole x oh (oe bdbesa a Lxph A tne Pave Wala S es be

ee Bee eee ee

oes ea Sige Ney sco! |.FeSe NOR et yen ATTe Pte Rr ty ee PEN tics

foe aa 2 ie tne). er
py, ie i) 2S, Nae a ee
esti A ali) a Ye es Se ee Ny! Corks 2ae

soe 2 AGAR SI OSGeo eat:

DEALERS’ ASSOCIATION OF CANADA,J. A. H. MacFadzean,


Secretary
Unit 23
Fa THEORY RECALL

A stroke is not halved at the end of an outline if a vowel follows T


or D.
COMPARE
HCC ee needy. 13. [as

Ditto pity? see

pacer body ae
Vite eoecen a witty ..... ftom

A stroke is not halved if the halving would not show clearly.

COMPARE

effect \—_...
a minute <=
<a} Mfactrnccets| moppeds....
Ppp locate (Ie
but

leaped Naw allived oa ne. Mamed eas

Han SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of ¢o in phrasing (cont’d.):


7 ;
according, tothe? 220.3 ee ere it appears to me ........ ee aes
UNIT 23 119

there seems to have been ...... doo.Dae intreplyitos owea Soe

in reference to the ............ Rect sn ee with reference’to 327 Sande

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Remember: all material should be proofread before you remove it


from the machine. Proofreading is part of transcribing. Proofreading
does not mean merely glancing over your work. It means reading the
material carefully word by word for accuracy and thought content.
If you are checking reports or tabulated material always proof-
read with another person. It is faster and safer than doing it alone.
The transcriber should read the original and her partner the retyped
copy.
Always read from the original copy. Read everything; take nothing
for granted.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

prevented \x4.. earlier _X....).. mentions


—.2 contributions she

Za

Provincial ‘\y_</ graduate hie Paar deg) education .....>........

crientation .....)..... for your attention bok ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used before the co-ordinating conjunction to


separate two principal clauses.
120 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Titles of magazines, newspapers, or annuals are simply capitalized


in letters.
Words, phrases, and clauses that identify or explain other terms
are set off by commas.
Titles of articles are enclosed in quotation marks.
The comma is used after an introductory clause.
A dash is often used to show a break in thought or an after-
thought.
Dr. J. S. Franks, Editor
The Church Guardian
55 Portage Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba

ae: Re ieHN | ea ee ee
ey el i O10), ee ee
Sones See mT OP nL OED YAY ye Ce
UNIT 23 121

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

submitted ae Report .“\~.. that they are ) ee suitable ce


overstocked ....~f...... it seems to me .d-an. layoelyon essays ae:

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off non-restrictive (non-essential)


clauses or phrases.
2 The semicolon is used to separate the independent clauses in a
compound sentence when either or both of the clauses contain
internal punctuation, such as a comma.
3 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.

Mrs. M. R. Hudson
Box 72
Swift Current, Saskatchewan
122 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ote tx...
0, THE CHURCH GUARDIAN, Helen Swartz,
Mrs. R. J. Swartz, Women’s Editor
Unit 24
CE: THEORY RECALL

The consonant W is generally expressed by the upstroke ...........

waiver ....c/........ withdrawn “Gyee witness ...2-2.... western .... AZ...

withhold ot wondered .......

When W begins a word and is followed by K, G, M, RAY, or R,


it is expressed by a small semicircle.

warranted che worker |... ==... WOMEN ...2=>... weekly .......... ie

worldly ...... oh,oe warehouse ..2%........ Wate Po WAR oe ee

Hn SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of to and fo the in phrasing:

[LOI Veal tO Veal...


woo euee

ip tothe present 2.5 ie nee

in reply to your letter


124 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Ask yourself these questions before you hand a letter to your em-
ployer for his signature:
1. Is it an exact record of the dictation? Are all figures, addresses,
and names accurate?
2. Does the transcription make sense? Have I proofread it for
thought?
3. Is the spelling correct ?Have I checked the spelling of technical
terms and proper names? Are the words correctly divided at the
ends of lines? Are my uses of punctuation and capitalization
correct ?
4, Have I followed all instructions? Have I made the correct num-
ber of carbon copies? Included enclosures? Made special nota-
tions, such as personal, special delivery?
5. Am I pleased with its appearance? Is it properly placed on the
page? Is the copy clean? Are erasures impossible to detect?
If you can answer yes to these questions, put a diagonal line through
your shorthand notes to indicate the letter is completed. Congratula-
tions! Your letter is now ready for your employer’s signature.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

enlist .....0....... co-operation .....\Z. in connection with the Buy <<


ot
Symposium > Kinetics —»-~ePyrolytic NOMEN S Reactions p>
financial-ly me, particularly "C situation aSane eased .......: Ded

universities 4, industrial ~1..... research 7c laboratories (Ne

Ottawa ue participants “4. lectures...b...honorarium miss

ASpatetenk ee Shortly: eee owas: wondered ...<~..... excellent ._¢2....


indicate ....—....... necessary arrangements ...s O79.
UNIT 24 125

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Technical titles and words are often enclosed in quotation marks


when used in letters.
2 The comma is used after short introductory phrases or words
when it appears natural to pause.
3 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, or
clauses.
4 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
Dr. R. L. Hamilton
Canadian Research Industries
Sarnia, Ontario

Gas ies \ccgaeee Deere teem seemsRee Dice Destiscennneeeneenstemmee

Ae ee OF alt 2... C.1.C. SYMPOSIUM


COMMITTEE, W. M. Barber, Chairman
126 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

normally ..... Se. Ganiioedl | SS petroleum

petrochemical \y_ actual arrangements K. calendar =e

complications pee Symposium. ..2esse a literature a aay

any other en

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause (non-
essential) when it follows the main clause. Note that all clauses
introduced by although are non-restrictive.

Dr. W. M. Barber
92 Island Park Drive
Ottawa 3, Ontario
UNIT 24

CANADIAN RESEARCH INDUSTRIES; R. 1. Hamilton,


Director, Chemical Research Division
Wait 25
he THEORY RECALL

A small detached semicircle is used to represent W in the middle


of an outline to provide short and easily written forms. (In actual
practice it is seldom necessary to insert the semicircle. Most outlines
are easily readable without it—but you should know about its use.)
The medial W semicircle is written as follows:
(a) A left semicitcle represents W followed by a dot vowel.

frequently ....... Dey frequency subsequent ........ oe tees

hardware .20...3\.0.- © ZOOM WAIL one neve


(b) A nght semicircle represents W followed by a dash vowel.
GUE teee somewhat ...cn....... disqualify |... misquote ..ces-....

WHAY is expressed by the stroke ..c%......

anywhere Sic renee we, elsewhere ae wheat 2.73


whim sg foe rerrne

SH SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


Omission of to and to the in phrasing (cont’d.):

came to the conclusion mone, VOUT attention to the matter ive


UNIT 25 129

referring to your letter a I have come to the conclusion es

we shall be glad to know .wW....... call attention to this matter J_..........

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The envelope is usually typed as soon as the letter is removed from


the machine. The address on the envelope should be identical
in style and contain the same information as the inside address in
the letter. Three-line addresses on envelopes are double-spaced.
No fewer than three lines should be used in addressing the envelope.
Addresses of more than three lines should be single-spaced.
Place the first line of the address one-half inch to the left of the
horizontal centre of the envelope and one line below the vertical
centre. Envelopes, when addressed, should present a well-balanced
appearance. If the address has an unusually long line in it, the
starting line, of course, should be far enough to the left of centre to
produce this desired balance. If the company name is very long,
it may be necessary to carry it over to the second line, in which case
indent this line two spaces. Use capital letters for a special delivery
notation, and type it just below where the stamp will be placed.
Attention lines and personal notations are placed in the lower left-
hand corner. When presenting letters for signature, slip the envelope
over the upper left corner of the letter.

HV| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

laboratory ..... Ae a, HECUULG wee


ce cae Ota at cee

presentation ...... New4....... Symposium ........ amucy..... University a ras


A

Ottawa ........ L Oe ae ee ordinarily ......... ie peated axe Chemistry a. ie


a

Reseavcit,..7. ee eee hydrocarbon okey oe involved s=4uy3


130 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

petroleum

discussions .... Jo a oe

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after a short introductory phrase if it appears


natural to pause.
2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
Professor W. Hunt, Department of Chemistry
University of London
Senate House
London W.C.1, England

CANADIAN RESEARCH INDUSTRIES, R. L. Hamilton,


Director, Chemical Research Division

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Director
i

affording ....... = ae proposing ee See frequency. c..st eee


UNIT 25 131

unimolecular .

acetaldehyde ....(4........

significance .....°.......... variations .....\_Z......... some of these ... re ne

gratetuly 0... d
sees Ae assistance reer ee travel arrangements oeon

Montreal ..... els overnight Ss oe available .......... =<a

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

Note: In the letters written by Professor Hunt, of London, England,


the English form for expressing dates has been used. Notice also the
use of the comma after the salutation.

1 Titles of speeches, lectures, etc., are placed in quotation marks


when they appear in a letter.
2 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
3 When etc. (the abbreviation for et cetera) closes a series, the comma
precedes and follows the abbreviation unless, of course, it is at
the end of a sentence.

Dr. R. L. Hamilton, Director


Chemical Research Division
Canadian Research Industries
Sarnia, Ontario
Canada
be PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

SN arene Se ee
So
Unit 26
aL THEORY RECALL

WL is expressed by ../........ (a small hook).

wealth ..0.\..+... well known 4... welfare ca welded"...

wealthiest 6%... willingly ..~7Z......


WH is expressed by....C......... (a large hook).

KWAY and GWAY are expressed by .c_... and..c_.. respectively.

quotation ....... bie MNOUIVE sesaai requisitions., =...

HL SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Omission of to and to the in phrasing (coni’d.):

in regard to ‘this .:........ ae He aa (racartion tomher.....00s ete


134 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

with regard to this ........ One ee in relation to, these... alata es

call attention to the matter up to the present moment

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

When you type the information on an envelope, it is important


not only that it is correct in every detail but that it is set up so that
it is easily read and understood by the postal authorities. It is most
important that the name of the person or firm to whom the letter is
addressed be spelled correctly. Check the spelling of every name you
write. In the case of companies this is most easily done by referring
to the letterhead of incoming correspondence. Sometimes there is
doubt whether abbreviations should be used in firm names. If this
information cannot be ascertained from an official source, you
may, in general, use the ampersand (the & sign) in company names;
Inc. for Incorporated; Ltd. for Limited. Precede the latter two abbrevia-
tions with a comma. The words Company and Corporation should be
spelled out unless the firm name is unusually long; they may be
abbreviated to Co. and Corp., respectively.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

extremely ..... |W... ee ae bee husband ....6<....... deepest aes

sympathy ....... at hen ae one. meanwhile to let us know deo

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.


2
The comma is used after introductory words when it seems
natural to pause.
The plural possessive is expressed by adding “‘s’”’ and an apostrophe.
UNIT 26 135

Mrs. Brian Franklin


5 Centre Avenue
Arnprior, Ontario

pet oe Ne es, eed Ae Saas ee

James Marks, Manager, Policyowners’ Service Department

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

estates. )
pee anxious ie

insured. ...... eembes,

insurance .....a........ as quickly as possible ............... °. Claimant’s .c_...

physician’s eae attended ..... Jbaa :Done hee - oon

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The colon is used after introductory expressions which are implied,
not stated, when these implied expressions introduce listed items.
3 The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.
136 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. John Norris


17 Oakwood Avenue
Arnprior, Ontario

‘|Lae eae OE ee A eee en STE A TALE APO ON Ce Ye ages Og at

Be sx aah Moyo) ea ee ee edith Boe UE et

a oa Ke Sptor James Marks, Manager, Policyowners’

Service Department

Encs,
Unit 27
cL THEORY RECALL

SW at the beginning of a word is expressed by a large initial circle


(called SWAY).

BW ineier tecs ee SWECtCT 120) 08 Be, sworn .....2)........ swayed ....... (eae

swiftly a Ls switchboard ...../...... sweaters ....b....

When occurring medially SW is expressed by the S circle and


W stroke.

persuade “Ngz.... persuaded SN... persuasive A...


Nv

Ht SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Their is written ....)...... in such phrases as:

by their ..... » ens fotthere is... oe)Mae? for there is not eae endl

if there are oF on their part... Heae because oftheir ..ce: et

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Always use figures in house, building, apartment, room, or rural


138 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

route numbers. For clarity the word one rather than the figure | is
used as in One Yonge Boulevard.
Spell out numbered street names from one to ten; e.g., 129 Third
Avenue. Use figures for names over ten; e.g., 930 East 57th Street.
There is an increasing tendency to omit the th and nd after the street
number as their omission adds to the readability of the address on
the envelope. Never abbreviate the words street, avenue, road, or
boulevard unless lack of space on the envelope makes this necessary.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Saver Mant oe blanket \_- License . fs


F a

Tax Department ..=7°.... EXxCise 2 eile ras ruling anes eee


a

containers dic. Provincial S\—</... contacted ies oe


Comptroller AC... District aes ee: ASCertall 2. aW— REAR

One Or two 2.8. Supervisor

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The commas are used to set off words, phrases, ur clauses that
identify or explain other terms.
3 The comma is used to separate parts of addresses, dates, and
geographical names.
4
The comma is used after an introductory phrase.
Collins Stationers Limited
1081 Don Mills Road
Don Mills, Ontario
UNIT 27
139

\\

Jade laie gente ee a ©) A


140 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ee ne aaa As aes eee ESA beer ies ee

G. E. Pearson, Purchasing Supervisor

Attachments

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

auditor ....... ;erie Department Me stresses ......b....


6 Pas) . . ‘s
OCCASIONS. <..8 Christmas —a-e.. worded ....271.... similar EN

Stationers ee.
s

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off words, phrases, or clauses that
identify or explain other terms.
2 The commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.
3’ The commas are‘used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, or
clauses.

Mr. G. E. Pearson
Purchasing Supervisor
Canadian Oil Limited
56 Church Street
Toronto 1, Ontario
UNIF- 27. 141

ee Oe ey at ya |< Qi) eae

Sei ed ye ale Cee ne eho ae


ENE a ReI6alsin:
STATIONERS LIMITED, Mary Austin, Secretary to the President

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3


° ° ° —— ° .
in connection with poe: rehund sa Provincial ......\\v.c /.......
ee

attaching ........... !BEE Ata outlined ........ aoe

Collins Stationers Limited


1081 Don Mills Road
Don Mills, Ontario

he Be Ak G.E.
Pearson, Purchasing Supervisor

Attachments
Unit 28
a THEORY RECALL

Stroke L is usually written upward.

eolleagues: 4c... locale ten cee absolute... ¥..... detail of,Cee


Vig t

ALLOWCC anaes

When L comes before or follows a circle attached to a curve it is


written in the same direction as the circle.

vessel eS ete yee cancellation... ean stencil. Si ies

continuously ....... lypoets previously ..... S oleae LICENSES i.e er

adversely .......: ook Rae, generously... L ca refusal _... “ye Wee er

intensely .......... 3 eae obviously ...... Me ree council ...: Eero

simultaneously «~~~... muscle mien. eee

SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

there must be en: Gi ON there is no objection og eels

there must have been ..... ES one there may not be... = ene
UNIT 28 t43

nt DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The attention line, which consists of the word Attention followed by


the name of the person or department, is considered part of the
inside address and is used when you want the letter to reach a specific
person or department in a company. The letter is officially addressed
to a company and the attention line is placed two spaces below the
inside address and two spaces above the salutation.
It may be blocked at the left margin, or be centred horizontally
on the page. The latter style is used frequently but requires more
time. The line starts with the word Attention and may be in all
capitals, all underscored, or only the word Aftention underscored.
Modern business practice is to use it undisplayed. While it is quite
correct to follow the word Attention with the word of or a colon,
the modern trend is to omit both of these.
Note that, since the letter is officially addressed to the company,
the attention line does not change the salutation which, of course,
will be Gentlemen.

HV’ BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

divisions ............. eeme oes Chevrier_...... 2 eet, supplier ASS

negotiations ........ e? <2 distributor |....... ice we would be .X..

instruments ..... ae: reca)


at your convenience ....... neMae,
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off words, phrases, and clauses that
identify or explain other items.
2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Gage Company Limited
P.O. Box 200
Hamilton, Ontario
144 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

g Oy Ee ee
Relea SA NG
cat nt et
NG eR mae el AS MEYRohe a
eee ee a ee ee is

ees Kevee ae ee oes CHEVRIER

COMPANY LIMITED, R. J. Brown, Product Engineer


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

possibility ......... AS Pern ae distributing oyeeso: Montreal im

appointment ....~..... ease excellent-= = 8 are


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


Chevrier Company Limited
Sales Division
Place Ville Marie
Montreal, P.Q.

Bera a ea le ee eee
ae e. Verena A eee Se etitsor ok ahd
—_ SVs eth le CO Ne em
UNIT 28 145

als ees 1
z @
ieBees: 7 ot oS eae ¢ae Pend oe ee LB (A eas

er A Des sabia GAGE COMPANY LIMITED,


J. Doran, Sales Manager
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

in a position ....~.\.... otherwise ....... C2 ae telephone ..... Laos eee


; Ve
appointment 240.252.

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


Gage Company Limited
P.O. Box 200
Hamilton, Ontario

ee [cdg ya TS hea Ores

R. J. Brown, P.Eng., Product Engineer


Unit 29
MB tHeory recaLt
Downward L is used:

(a) After the strokes N and NG.

(b) At the beginning of a word when a vowel occurs before L


followed by a simple horizontal stroke.

elections we aes elements ...G....... eliminate Z._4. allocate yee

alienate hoya
UNIT 29 47

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

There/their may be indicated by doubling the preceding stroke.

Ha DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The subject line is considered part of the body of the letter and is
typed two spaces below the salutation and two spaces above the body
of the letter. The purpose of the subject line is to tell the reader
quickly and in a few concise words the subject discussed in the
letter. It is used most frequently in correspondence dealing with
policy numbers, order numbers, or contract numbers.
The subject line may be blocked at the left margin, be indented
the same as the paragraphs, or centred horizontally on the page.
Usually the line starts with the word subject (or, in legal correspond-
ence re), which is typed in capitals. However, if preferred, subject
or re may be omitted. The full line may be in all capitals, under-
scored, or it may be underscored with only the principal words
capitalized.
The modern trend is to type the word subject in all capital letters
followed by a colon and to capitalize only the principal words in the
rest of the line.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

property xe quarterly i eee lh description Traber bem tin


148 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.


Messrs. Rose & Perkins
Barristers and Solicitors
135 Bank Street
Ottawa, Ontario

Te le eee MORNE EI SONIA by


Be: = oe ve éNe Te ee ae renee,
‘ae IID aee ili eeTRE Ie RL
ey SEGA a Erne a MON eT ols ES
MBs ae LO.Dypany MED a a oa DURAN
Ais eee AUR SDtie I NT Me KO

OO ew Oe ee a a Cis oo ao ws ene anee ns eine as sn eerm ses eeredvevericicuarecvncstsweetsrsessraudesrceusoasesens

Jae LSEeee oe LEN WOOD & FREEMAN, Andrew


Freeman

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

bebalfik Seca search ...o/]......07....o4... composed


.... Sv... 0...Ye.
particularly SC..... Instrument ....... t.es conveyance ........ Waaiah
Ze
UNIT 29 149

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

* The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.

Messrs. Wood & Freeman


Barristers
98 Sparks Street
Ottawa, Ontario

ee G ee NN
ESE eae Aa ae ie » Le ion ake Sones pales.

ee eae
iG Ce ee ee
Ape Oe PAP ROSE & PERKINS, Harold Rose

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

triplicate ae Lae CRECULION eed


onan nant cen ae! | herewith an

northerly ane CASTER Vorae ee, parallels.a garage Al

situate . |seh AY Rare: EyRed uiAen encroaches .............. cana as

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 In legal correspondence it is customary to write numbers and


amounts of money in both words and figures.
150 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Messrs. Rose & Perkins


Barristers and Solicitors
135 Bank Street
Ottawa, Ontario

gs Sere ae ,. WOOD & FREEMAN, Andrew Freeman


Encs.
Unit 30
i THEORY RECALL

Stroke L is sometimes written downward to give a balanced outline


or an easier joining.

volume 2... overlooked _>..... businesslike Sas additional ababe

column ES unlimited ...£-... interlocking

doubtless 7 ee

Downward L is used finally following the strokes F, V, SK, ora


straight upstroke when no vowel follows.

rural ce, liscalin Gra. MITSUCCeSSIUL ye ccs ee prevail te

serial ....7...... payroll MA... secretarial .....a......... territorial UW.

iD SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

PT believe thete:is 2.02 NSae ee if there has been

we will be there before there is .......... ak Bea Wh tts


. ° onmne. Sen
Se
I hope there will be Pap Een ODINION a eaten
152 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HHH ARTICLE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

almanac... Season ..... ee intractable


Cispellediort (ccc. arresting ...... ae

collective ......l...... assertive Loy ee seemingly .......... a Ae: oe

willingness <~=7~.... operated Cae ie \V automotive JeeHH

actively eee deat committed ....1....|...[..... optimistic Pee


Support 20... consumer ..ar\..0>..0%..0-.. descending Lee

GANA Vee) = eka: boisterous .. »,ners COURTEES. 4. = eee

exhausted ice ee unlikely ....... a SOCIELY coe ;pre meet ete

acquisitive ..... otPies SCIZCS co. perce: inhibiting ........... Beers


ROUT VRS 7 t. export ..........\é...... advancing Lo leo le
oan ae Rufomopile: A hesitant cf? a A nee Pie

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.


2 The comma is used to indicate the omission of a word that is
clearly understood from the text.
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
4 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when the
conjunction is omitted.
5 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
THE ACQUISITIVE SOCIETY
.

UNIT 30

eeeeageneenes
ci |A" oe
a.£
ana SS

Ry,
os
SG
Meee PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Reproduced by permission from “Monthly Bulletin,’ Ross, Knowles &


Company Ltd., Toronto.
Unit 31
ra THEORY RECALL

Downward L is thickened to add the sound of R when the rules


permit the use of the downward form.

Halved and thickened downward L is used to express LD at the


end of an outline, or when standing alone.

failed hare oe availed LOE ee Old ete eworlde ce

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

in their view

which have their ........ |


te oe making their .......... Fre
CE De

MOLE stHanr tieltiee 2a yon state of their business .......... eanaes

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The typed signature in a business letter often consists of three lines—


sometimes more. The information should be clear, well organized,
156 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

and attractively set up on the page. When three lines are used these
consist of the firm’s name, the name of the person dictating the
letter, and his title or official position.
If the firm name is part of the signature, type it in capitals two
spaces below the complimentary closing under the first letter of the
complimentary closing (unless, of course, the indented style is used).
It must be exactly as it is on the letterhead. None of the lines of
the signature should extend beyond the right-hand margin. A
line that would extend too far should be centred within the
signature.
It is customary to type the name of the dictator four spaces below
the firm name, followed on the same line by his title or official
position, if the latter is short. If not, the title will be on the next line.
If the handwritten signature is large, more space may have to be
left between the firm name and the typed signature.
In modern business practice the firm name is often omitted.
In such cases the name and title of the dictator are typed four
spaces after the complimentary closing.

Yours very truly Yours very truly

ANDERSON MANUFACTURING COMPANY

Robert Sellers, M.D.

Walter Harvey, Manager

Yours very truly

Harold Heintz
Director, Public Relations
UNIT 31 157

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

decision mel AASET

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Note the position of the subject line. It has one blank line before
it and one after it.
The commas are used to set off words in apposition.
3 The commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.
4 The comma is used after an introductory clause.

Canada Life Assurance Company


1 Markland
Hamilton, Ontario

Ry err eck D rade al ave ep Ae eee


ee Siac ae ac.) ede ben ae
ee ner Pd Le Dp reg Nh Pratt

Joes eae ta Se ee )On ae


aa nanan Oe: on DS ey ROPsche

15 ee
VOCABULARY-BUILDING
rar
foe ei

PREVIEW LETTER
So ee

2
enol Oe ames

solicitor ....€...... merely ........... an........ confirmation .... al a pe


158 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

SHES MIS eS ae ees CETUMEC orca ate OA


scence

Probate .....\..... ownership ......... Sper. Vestodse-2— Sepia di een ane


communications ._—. directed .....: esnon on the other hand ..............

transferred ie to some other party »—-.. Assignment Forms beeen

transferee 4. C please let us havetas NUCCESSION. 2 o- eeee

Dominion lL. Consent included*).2 2. teeee


dividends ofLoe Cine ctly eect
| Aue coset tec

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off words and expressions in apposi-
tion.
2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

Mr. S. E. James
324 Summerville Avenue
Oakville, Ontario
UNIT 31 159

ae ee Spe pf ase

See OG ie de.Wwe gfe oN mote cee b Daria


ne a

te ae ne ee Aa eae 2 ; a S

= Sees eS Fes ;ee ee (lb en

e/a) 8. L. Butler; Manager


ot ? 8
init 32
PL THEORY RECALL

SH is usually written downward.

SH is sometimes written upward to give a better outline.

SUP AT Jick Ales shell ..... Se. ae social eee ke, foolish. ...... 2 es.

US ORoes Beere vicious ...\...,....... socialist

When SH follows a straight downstroke with an initial circle or


hook, it is generally written away from the circle or hook to preserve
the balance of the outline.

HD SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Been is expressed by the N hook in such phrases as:

Dehiave Deen) ..0..2 NS eceie already been A.


UNIT 32 161

we have been received ....z/\<...... should not have been Bee oe

we have been expecting .¢/\s-8

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The correct forms for signatures of women are dependent on the


women’s marital status.
An unmarried woman may include Miss in parentheses in her
penwritten signature. Her typed signature may include the word
Miss—not in parentheses. While the typed word Miss is sometimes
placed in parentheses, the modern business practice trend is to
omit it.
A married woman may include Mrs. in parentheses in her pen-
written signature.
The typed signature of a married woman may be typed in one of
three forms:
(1) She may sign it by her given first name plus her married last
name. Mrs. is included before her typed signature—not in
parentheses.
For example : Helon Webster
Mrs. Helen Webster

NO
aN SS
She may sign it by her maiden name plus her married last name.
Mrs. is included—not in parentheses.
For example: Helen dott Webstor

Mrs. Helen Scott Webster

—iS)=
She may wish to be addressed by her husband’s initial. She then
signs it with her given first name followed by a typed signature
with Mrs. preceding her husband’s Christian name or initial.
For example: Helon Webstir

Mrs. Harold S. Webster


162 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

A widow may use any of the styles outlined above for married
women. The general preference is for No. 3.
A divorcee may sign her first name and maiden name and her
divorced husband’s last name. Mrs. is included in the typed signa-
ture but not in parentheses. She may use both her maiden name and
her divorced name. If she has resumed her maiden name, then she
uses the forms applicable to an unmarried woman.
When a secretary signs a letter for her employer, she types under
her own handwritten signature:
secretary to Mr. A. Bo’ Smith
If a person signs for another person, he types under his hand-
written signature:
For Mr. Smith

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

PL ASCOT:2. 2 ae ae urner..¢ KA thee estimate a2) es dem. ID.


Ss

Scotsman

CrOZet er ee has

compared eS \v.. mentioned 7.2. editorial a a

in connection with reat Industries a

appreciate oe concerned i vs see directly

distribution ie
Eoin tee let us have ..... &-wae >
UNIT 32 163

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


* The semicolon is used before such expressions as namely, for
example, and that 1s, and a comma after them.
3 The comma is used after an introductory infinitive phrase unless
the phrase is the subject of the sentence.
4 The comma is used after an introductory phrase of more than
five words.
5 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words and expres-
sions.
6 The comma is used after an introductory clause.

Mr. L. M. Yates, Manager


Public Relations Department
British American Oil Company Limited
800 Bay Street
Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada

Z Z

natesfeof BT, De Ser aba Laas


164 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ree gs Moe ae eeoka Brady, Manager


hes
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

at any rate .... Lie _ we would <<... prefer WO No AON.


schedule eV ite Jy outlined 7 lene paragraph ee

approximately “=. provide YES around 9g aa


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Mr. E. Brady
British Trust Company, Limited
Garrard House
31-45 Gresham Street
London, E.C.2, England
UNIT 32 165

Be ec eee ie ee le

iGee > Bees foe |.


ste UIE a ap rah Ste Sod wie SRC eee aa Ay PREPARE IAE tele es a

me ee ee in ee
|

Pear, THE BRITISH AMERICAN OIL COMPANY

LIMITED, L. M. Yates, Manager, Public Relations Department

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

Mr. L. M. Yates
Public Relations Department
The British American Oil Company Limited
800 Bay Street
Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada
166 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ar Seite Da
ip tgs ass~]
in Tne yey

BRITISH TRUST COMPANY, LIMITED, E. Brady, Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 4

inserted ........ LUNE eE ee Leelee United Kingdom eee oe

Shareholders hfe Pts cargo _


Mr. E. Brady ~*
British Trust Company, Limited
Garrard House
31-45 Gresham Street
London, E.C.2, England

TEN Ee Ae coy eae aR


Ba Nmcaiidand en ae aie eae
ak ee red ie A eT me eer
fue ap — ee TE rea sO Me i: ae ON

a ee ye es a TACT NSN ee.


SS ee OC...,... THE BRITISH AMERICAN OIL
COMPANY LIMITED, L. M. Yates, Manager, Public Relations
Department

Enc.
Wimit 33
a THEORY RECALL

The stroke SHL is always written upward.

erential cia) initial 4... ee rs specialist ...... \p rene ire

partially ..... wx eee credentials... |.<7....... beneficial ... ery Tee.


impartial .........,<4...... provincial ...\s_c/....... confidential ..\cco
racials Jy V4 pe beagle superficial ..... ey Pre differential |... |c pee

potential as see

The stroke SHR is always written downward.


pressure ........... Syba fisher ........... ty nee et. shrink ci ene
measurement ......-4........... foreclosure ..\...Z...... enclosure... Dite

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

I have never been ....."\— ee they would have been....... Ce Sect

we have been unable to ..c/\.s-<... recently been ........... Eb cere


it has certainly been ....... dig Pea in which we have been Rie ne
168 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The reference initials are an important part of the business letter.


They consist of the dictator’s initials followed by the transcriber’s
initials and therefore immediately identify these people and fix
responsibility.
The modern business trend is not to use the dictator’s initials
if the name is typed in the signature. Only the transcriber’s initials
appear, preceded by a colon and usually typed flush with the left
margin.
When the dictator’s initials are used, they are placed flush with
the left margin and separated from the transcriber’s initials by a
colon or a diagonal. The reference initials are typed four spaces
below the complimentary closing or company name, on the same
line as the title of the signer of the letter. If preferred, this data
may be typed two spaces below the title.
When the dictator’s name is not typed in the signature, or where
the handwriting is not legible, it is wise to type the full name of the
dictator in the identification data followed by the transcriber’s
initials. :
If the letter is composed by the typist, only her initials appear as
identification data. Reference initials are not used in personal letters.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

recalls a. correspondence Se ae: replacement ./xs../oss...

ACCUEACCLY cc Sceunsac
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
+ The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
UNIT 33 169

2 The commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions,


8 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
Sheridan Nurseries
100 Sherway Drive
Etobicoke, Ontario

ee ee a
170 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Sete aaa ieee be pea Harold Murray

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

earlier 0...) NC... Y... correspondence i previously \........

planting . = yates ® onl ee please send ...... SG


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


Sheridan Nurseries
100 Sherway Drive
Etobicoke, Ontario

tosae acne , Harold Murray

Enc.
Unit 34
pas THEORY RECALL

Upward HAY is generally used.

Downward HAY is used:


(a2) When H is the only stroke in the word.

eel es ome high ...... /eat

(b) In all derivatives of the word high.

highly ...... eeae highway ee aire: high quality ...<...... higher ...... Lee

highest ..... {es

(c) Before K and G.


172 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

aL SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Been is written in full in such phrases as:


there has been. ................ x OY SARE Er. it has pecn see A oe

which have been .............. lnEe reer. it has not been, ........ Ln ay.

which have not been ........ boneer always been. ......... “s tiie

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Enclosures in a letter are indicated by typing the word enclosure


or the abbreviation Enc. or Encl. If there is more than one enclosure,
then the word Enclosures is used, and may be followed by the number
of enclosures. When the enclosure is a cheque, it is wise to follow
the word Enclosure with the word cheque and its amount.
In asmall office, the stenographer is usually responsible for securing
the enclosures and chpping them to the letter or putting them in the
envelope.
In other cases the enclosures are taken care of by the mailing
department. The stenographer can draw attention to these in two
ways: she can make a pencil list of the enclosures and attach this
to the letter; or she can, before the letter has been removed from
the machine, place a piece of paper between the ribbon and the
letter and then type the list of enclosures at the bottom of the letter.
In this way, a list of the enclosures appears on the carbon copy but
not on the original. The stenographer can then send either the carbon
copy or the slip of paper to the mailing clerk.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Western ......c4Z....... resulta ees pes dismissal .....) 4. Oe }..AO


a

Galeton 2oae 02 student ......... hearer photostatic ......... »


So ae ae
UNIT 34 173

encouraging —./. degree requirements Ales s

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

Director, Department of University Extension


Fraser University
Hamilton, Ontario
174 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

aa apate A es ne et R. M. Stevens

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

registration oh a. credentials Tike under separate cover ..»g......


i
calendar

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


Mr. R. M. Stevens
342 Liberty Street North
Oakville, Ontario

Ce DosR L. Bannister, Director of Extension

Encs.
UNIT 34 175

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

transcript _— gan previously ew indicating woe. Od.

psychology aT

Mr. R. L. Bannister
Director of Extension
Fraser University
Hamilton, Ontario

R. M. Stevens

Encs.
init 55
THEORY RECALL

Tick-H is used before M, upward L, and R.

hemisphere). humidity..2).... healthy ....W(......


In some cases, to avoid a long outline, H may be expressed in
the middle of a word by a dot written alongside the vowel-sign.

Loe oe yo perhaps sor ci

apprehensive ..<.. vehicle ........ [REE a Bene leaseholder

HHAPY coco Site

iT SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Hook N (representing been) may be omitted in some phrases:

has been received ....... \A............ has been considered ........ SySane

it has been received ........ dg. ae. it has been suggested ......... >.
ae

has been forwarded


UNIT 35 (Wee
ua DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Type the notation to whom carbon copies are to be sent two spaces
below the reference initials. The title Mr., Miss, Mrs., etc., precedes
the name.
When more than one person is to receive a carbon copy, the names
are listed according to rank or, if this is not known, alphabetically.
Occasionally, the dictator may not wish to indicate on a letter to
whom a carbon copy has been sent. In such cases, the information
is typed only on the file copy. This copy is known as a blind carbon
copy and is identified by bcc. This identification (bcc) may be typed
at the top left corner of the file copy or below the reference initials.
This information should be typed before the letter is removed from
the machine. The stenographer places a light pencil mark on the
original where the bcc notation is to begin. A piece of paper narrower
than the original is inserted between the typewriter ribbon and the
original, and the notation is then typed in line with the pencil
mark. When using an electric typewriter, it may be necessary to use
more than one piece of white paper to prevent an impression
from appearing on the original.
Do not forget to make envelopes for all blind carbon copies going
to persons outside the company. If the carbon copies are for persons
within the company, underscore or check the name to whom each
copy is to go.
A postscript is sometimes added to a letter. It contains something
the writer neglected to put in the letter, or something he wishes to
emphasize. In either case it is important and should be made to
stand out. Type the postscript two spaces below the last element of
the letter, beginning at the left margin or at the paragraph indenta-
tion. Precede it by the letters P.S.

[h)J susiness CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

registration ae a Die PAW ae: ihKes successful ....... i eA ares


178 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

BO Wa CeSeei) ee ee eee ees assess i. Se eee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


Mr. R. M. Stevens
342 Liberty Street North
Oakville, Ontario

Mary Clark, Assistant Director of Extension

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

calendar ....... Sie ae descriptions 8 a ee eS


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
1
The commas are used to set off non-restrictive (non-essential)
clauses.
The semicolon is used to separate the independent clauses in a
compound sentence when either of the clauses contains internal
punctuation, such as a comma.
UNIT 35 179

Mr. R. L. Bannister
Director of Extension
Fraser University
Hamilton, Ontario

R. M. Stevens

Encs. 6.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

forwarded See SS duplicate ue ae Oe hie

original kL THEO eee oy returning AZ AZ... Za...

unfortunately er MAS ea
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The comma is used after introductory words if it appears natural
to pause.
3 The commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
180 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. R. M. Stevens
342 Liberty Street North
Oakville, Ontario

S. R. Armstrong, Registrar
Encs.
Unit 36
PL THEORY RECALL

There are two forms for the sound of R—the downward form AR

w.).....) and the upward form RAY ....“%..... RAY is more generally

carrying —. authority na 3 as recognize ...~”... referred ae

Serial Brea. surplus =e s...... SUTVEY .....04/\......

When a vowel follows R at the end of a word RAY is used.

Hh SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

rate of interest Yom instead of ..-f...... great number of ...\......

large number of .....!\........ in spite of gees) spite of the:factys he


182 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Business firms must have a record of all correspondence if their


business is to function effectively. Therefore, the stenographer should
make a file copy of every letter or report she types even though this
may not be directly requested. It is much easier to destroy the copy
if not required than it is to produce one after the original material
has been typed.
There are various weights and finishes of carbon paper ranging
from standard, medium, to light weights; and there are hard and
soft finishes. The hard-finish carbon produces cleaner copies and
does not smear. The stenographer will soon find by experimenting
which type of carbon suits her needs.
Since the stenographer frequently has to make multiple copies of
letters and reports she transcribes, she must know how to handle
multiple sheets of paper and carbon efficiently and effortlessly.
The simple method of assembling a carbon pack is to place the
copy sheet on the desk followed by the carbon sheet, carbon side
down. These steps are repeated until the required number of
sheets have been processed. The letterhead or the original sheet is
then placed on top.
If the pack is of sufficient thickness it is wise to use a trough for
iuserting the pack. This keeps the sheets straight when feeding them
into the machine. The trough may be the fold of an envelope or a
fold in a piece of paper. The paper release should be released as
the pack is inserted into the machine and reset after the envelope
or paper has been removed.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

messes Rear Sag BS Department aes bachelor ..... eS reer

education La... des Memorial ow Newfoundland


UNIT 36 183

Spee
2 EN

NUD6)Fo eer ea aoe registration forms ../é....... pertinent ...\~..........


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Capitalize the names of courses, but do not capitalize the names


of subjects.
2 ‘The comma is used to separate words or phrases used in a series.
3 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
The Director
Department of Extension
St. Lawrence University
Kingston, Ontario

correspondence “ .. students .....2...... certificates .....oA.,.... under

separate cover a2... extramural .....-<1.

entrance requirements Ae... Matriculation 2... bith oes


184 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

WA KILOUI hele: Mmmm See ee Additional 8 YPyle

loaned ......... ee ie mentioned .—._7..<»_2. technical ...|. oe...

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The apostrophe and s indicate the singular possessive form of
the word.
8 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
4 The commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.

Mr. R. K. Nesbitt
Sunnyside
Trinity Bay, Newfoundland
UNIT 36 185

PASO aR SS A ie tase ark ie cee =e 6


sees ee ae ee eet AG CRY ey

Hees ti #07 Soestms a er aed en ale Verena


3so ~ oan See ee ers Se: et AB ueOe ea ee ee a.a

eae ee
Z ee
\

er perreRoreenn aT
Sau bese See Se haenGeeet sas o.ae ce Kivecerias@e res hee

Momeni ahd 4) bee oc ae


iia A we es TG ete en Pe _&f..,.... Freda Casson,

Assistant Director of Extension

Enc.
Unit 37
LL THEORY RECALL

RAY is used:
(a) After FS, VS, NS, KS, and GS.

adviser lived SIICORC ee ave SUCCESSOF ..a_<... supervisor ee

sponsor See ANNOUNCER. a..0.c6 Closehe we ee


(b) After a straight upstroke.

(c) After two downstrokes.


prep ey gt ae p TFOCEQUIO 2s py
TODALOte Ne ort dis °é
isappearance ..... Lee ee

treasurer ...... hbih ce endorser dsp be taxpayer —.... Ley fae

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

date Of)... |
iene hte copy ole ae ee state of things ....... ee

totalof <4. Me: pattieies i ate ee Tange of4an aed eee


UNEP 37 187

HOT DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Another method of assembling the carbon pack is to arrange the


copy sheets and the letterhead, or the original, and insert these
into the typewriter until the sheets are gripped slightly by the feed
rolls. Bring forward all but the last sheet over the top of the machine
and between each sheet place a piece of carbon with the glossy or
carbonized side facing you until you have placed a carbon sheet
next to each copy sheet. Roll back the paper into the machine to the
required typing position.
There are many devices available to help the stenographer
collate sheets and carbon. The stenographer’s desk may have in it a
stationery drawer with a slot for letterhead, carbon, and copy paper,
arranged in that order. There is on the market a one-time carbon
paper already attached to the copy paper. The letterhead or original
sheet is simply placed on top of this. Some companies have these
packs made up with their letterhead attached.
To make separation of the copies from the carbon an easy process,
cut the carbon paper diagonally at opposite corners and have the
carbon slightly longer than the copy paper. This will make separa-
tion very easy when the pack is removed from the machine; simply
grip the paper at the upper left corner and the carbon at the bottom.
When you return the carbon to the drawer, place the sheets with
the carbonized side down. This prevents treeing and curling.
Remember: the file copy is the only record of your work that re-
mains in your office. Will you be proud of this record?

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1
personnel Se conversation \... experiencing Nie ar eae

indicated .~....1..~==...<=. Botterell ..“<... requires attention Pasrine

prefer ....... Ne defers.) Fe ees int a position: .2..q0 wees


188 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

exactly oc! Caee locations ...... vaS aa: economical’ 3) oat ee

rather than. 2...

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Technical or trade names or words with special interpretations


are often enclosed in quotation marks.
WESTERN TELEPHONE COMPANY
LO: Mie Hebe teal lard
Plant Supervisor - Sales and Training
1756 21st Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
EROMoS 20. Orr
Outside Plant Engineering and
Construction Supervisor, South Division
RE: Personnel — Training-—On-The-Job
Bonding and Grounding - Outside Plant
UNIT 37 189

terminals hepso leg lem 2. strand ay ee SD An a ala

demonstration ke. Mes defective

prepare ....... Ney Bae 2 instructor

of these requirements ye
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to separate words used in a series.
8 The dash is used to indicate an afterthought. Remember, the
dash is made by typing two hyphens with no space before,
between, or after.
4 Spell out isolated numbers of fewer than three digits.
5 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.
WESTERN TELEPHONE COMPANY
TO: Mr. J. T. Orr, Outside Plant Engineering and
Construction Supervisor
FROM:R. L. Ballard, Plant Supervisor
Sales and Training
190 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Re oink guest tg tat eon


ee Pen cee
arenes nee IN
ee eects Renesas tiene
Hoan 2. Sr cat EN TEEae N
Pere
WE (alot ea a re SsRNR RN votre
eee CE SEAR Tw tlt
eee Oe
i Ae (A N
Coot A
5Sel :
tall a: Gh eerie
eRe ee atthe, 2 Gl ere ge
ee Psae A Renna ee Ne asin gti oo
Sie enema lee. paces eae ale ree Cais
UNIT 37

for Plant Supervisor—Sales and Training


Unit 38
a THEORY RECALL

A small circle is frequently used to express S or Z. It is written


counter-clockwise at the beginning and end of straight strokes;
outside angles formed by two straight strokes; and inside curves.
Initially the circle represents S only; medially and finally it repre-
sents S or Z.

circularize . ae surrender eee, receipts Rake design 7 fee

Su eport Wo executes ae... succeeds ....b.... intensely aay:


ae:
UNIT 38 193

UT DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Telegrams or other types of dispatch messages should be typed in


good form, on official telegram paper, and as is the case with all
other business correspondence, at least one carbon copy should be
made. Dispatch messages of all types are usually typed in double
spacing unless the length of the message makes single spacing more
practical. The message is typed in capital letters for clarity. The
setup of the telegram is similar to a letter except that the salutation
and the complimentary closing are omitted. If the message is signed
by a company name, the dictator’s and transcriber’s initials are
placed in the lower left-hand corner. These initials are only to
serve the company sending the message and are not sent by the
telegraph company. The secretary usually makes a notation in the
lower left-hand corner explaining how the message was sent—paid,
charge, or collect.
Often a secretary is asked to send an urgent telegram when an
important letter is already in the machine. The telegram may be
typed without removing the letter in this way:

1. Roll back the letter to within about two inches of the edge of the
paper.
2. Place an official telegram form between the front of the first
page of the letter and the paper table of the machine and another
in front of the writing surface of each carbon being used.
3. Roll all the material back to the writing position and type the
message.
4, Roll back the letter paper to within two inches of its top edge and
remove the telegram forms.
5. Return the letter to its original position and complete the typing
of the letter.
After the secretary has dispatched the telegram she should send
a carbon copy of the telegram to the addressee marked Confirmation
Copy. This information should be typed in capitals in indented form
and placed in a prominent place at the top of the telegram form.
If a confirmation letter is sent, this letter usually begins with the
words, “This letter will confirm the telegram which we sent you
194 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

today which reads as follows:.” The telegram is then reproduced


exactly as in the original.
A closing paragraph is then added as would be done in a business
letter.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Estimate adem dak I would suggest B78 investigate Sees

es

rebuilt Ae as. Majorityiges eee construction hac seks


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used to introduce listed items when the introducing


expression, such‘as, as follows and the following are implied.
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
In business correspondence, use figures for dimensions, degrees,
measures, weights, distances, capacities, and stock market
quotations except at the beginning of a sentence when numbers
are spelled out.
4
The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
Mr. E. Fulton
Outside Plant Engineer
Ontario Telephone Company
18 Richmond Street
London, Ontario

|Pads ax iets AS Ss CSE LEO SPA IEL, IR SAIS 5 0 SPT ee RN Eke ES SA ON

DN ei tis DO cathe cu s
UNIT 38 195

pene eee ee ey eo. 2 er

Me ee al ei ee

eee Ne Ae nae 2 ieee Si Dad RI eR Coe

Zz / aes c
Spee
aie ies &ba a re 4 St b= ee Rae ene Br
G Date © eee Ra

eo eaee es Erte Oe CO eG fe eetre “1 OS! leas G nbteey

Tobe Baa W. L. Hutchings, Outside Plant Engineering and

Construction Manager, South Division

TELEGRAM 1
These are the typed copies of the telegrams sent by Mr. Hutchings and Mr.
Fulton.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

pertaining
mentioned ..—~--. —>_2...
196 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Note the use of shortened figures in the date.

E FULTON
O P ENGINEER
TWX 692-153-2921

W L HUTCHINGS

TELEGRAM 2
W L HUTCHINGS
O P ENG & CONST MANAGER—TORONTO

RCC ieee NER Oe A Re NT IE BI OR eS,

EO ier
NitBO ht AARNet yo aa ace ¥
SEOUL
2 oat I oon
keg Pennie
d ee Meee
et awe ae b*fee tae

E FULTON ’
B AR—O P ENGINEER—LONDON

TELEGRAM 3
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

discussion. ......|........ me last month te a you were ... —o

into the matter

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


UNIT 38 197

E FULTON
OUTSIDE PLANT ENGR
LONDON
CORRECTED COPY

a Revenant
pote Sei eI, oh
ee TE Sel edtSe i

fae
nee Se Nile eee eee

So ak gee ee Le ORR SPR ONT, Tey

W L HUTCHINGS
OUTSIDE PLANT ENGRG & CONST MGR—S DIV
TORONTO
Unit 39
a THEORY RECALL

When circle S precedes a straight stroke hooked for R it is shown by


writing the circle on the R hook side of the stroke.

strenuous Lo. structure LW... scrutiny ....o.~<..... spreads a ....°Seo

When the circle S follows N hook at the end of a straight stroke


it is shown by writing the circle S on the N hook side of the stroke.

assistance 4 ae surrounds ...o7...... corresponds ...... Se xplains ....... Se:

experience ... \“ incidents .~#...... expense... ».... condense ....d.....

substance y cee renders ie en instance pe eb

An SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

VOURATe NOt ga7 5... you will not ....«7....... you were not...... Dahan

they are not


UNIT 39 199

| DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES


All letters that contain more than three hundred words require
two pages or more. Plain paper of the same size and quality as that
used for the letterhead is always used for the second page and all
succeeding pages. The margins on the second page should be the
same as those used on the first page and the identifying information
starts one inch from the top of the page. This reference information
will consist of the name of the addressee, the page number, and date.
It may be set up in two ways.
One method is to type the addressee’s name on the first line flush
with the left margin. On the next line, immediately below, the page
number is typed, and immediately below this the date. This method
is used when letters are typed in full block style.
The second method is to type the addressee’s name flush with the
left margin; tabulate to the centre of the page and type Page two
or the number 2. The date is then typed flush with the right margin.
The body of the letter continues three lines below the heading.
At least two sentences of the paragraph should be left on page
one and not fewer than three lines should be carried over to a second
page. The last word on a page should never be hyphenated. If the
letter is more than two pages, leave the same margin at the bottom
of the second page as was left at the bottom of the first page.
The carbon copy of the second page is sometimes typed on the
back of the carbon of the first page. This saves paper, saves space
in the files, and assures that the pages of carbon copies will not become
separated when handling the material in the files.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Policyholders ..... Noes ona Benefits eee aS ie

alternate me Sed in Oe vee Options: lees available ....../...


U
selected oN eas confirmation Sh furnished .....))....
—s

as soon as the ore dividends ..... Fee


200 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses in a
compound sentence when either or both of the clauses contain
internal punctuation, such as the comma.
This company capitalizes these items.
8 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.
THE CANADA LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY
INTER-BRANCH AND
DEPARTMENT CORRESPONDENCE
ERO): Policyholders Service Toronto
FROM: Claims Department
SUBJECT: Pension Policies Nos. 123 456, etc.
C. HE. Manning

ff ANSE Ueaemmtese Naan Ge oeeco conse


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

continuing ee we beagles rs ieaes extended ........ alSs Reaweice


\

Modification =—

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1 ‘The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
UNIT 39 201

Mr. John W. Frank


The Canada Life Assurance Company
Suite 705, 2200 Yonge Street
Toronto 12, Ontario
1 ees

ACME KNITTING MILLS LIMITED, Mrs. A. O’Neil

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

deferred ....... aaaee Lael ase toe amended ..... os ee Ue

duplicate .... Leee das Bee extracts eh) Sees yellow ....... we cae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 Parentheses are used to enclose explanations or comments that
are independent of the main thought of the sentence.
Acme Knitting Mills Limited
18 Douglas Street
Woodstock, Ontario

es
ween Benne nsec cee eeeeenee B12 tay, BemiAde,
BIS. 555... B
pow esqe «bah Pacsccseecabenesensinems
zs ao
202 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Oe een bos on BIZ AG Aeneaete


B55..5.55.5 ae TERRE COAT ORNS cols eh perce
SO ee fa Sls A Rg My Mrs. 8. Cinder, Policyholders

Service
Encs.
Unit 40
LE THEORY RECALL

When combined with all hooks other than R and N, circle S is


written inside the hook so that both circle and hook are shown clearly.

Setulenient ... eed. campaigns ... on Civilian Be A er oe

SPONSE fee Sense, COMMMISSIONS = re CSCEVES er ee eR:

supplementary NAS Personal ale ae cy

Following another circle or loop, the circle S is written as follows:

suggests ..... $ wae SHC CESSES Hea.O) decisions ....... aae Re enlists ....%......

exercises —_/”.... administers ..<..-...

AL SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

I do not understand ..... tp od ba I did not understand ........ Lebolle AL

I do not anticipate ..... =fariel I cannot be there ....... a Pai et ee


oe
Edo NOtInTENd yeaaie es) we cannot be considered ....c7...\y.....
204 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HH ARTICLE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

hardly ......:. a sehen exaggeration PL..E.. undoubtedly Witest Cee:

secondary ..o/... quality ae domestic [-.—.. imported BP PN

APUCIES ns greater =e contingent |... exports.£. oe. ome

rewarded ee a Fane Sah encouraging. ky ae


individuals .... A«........... notably ao Geeteet professional .....\../.....

associations ..... Y =e yoe yiier adoption neehas consumers ..o-....0>>...

intended <1. ~~... 2incompatible eS ANE becoming ...\.,...\....


increasingly

attribute ae rat se
ee craftsman

LISCIITU ALIN el ten ce Le ee ee [ene

incorporate .2%..\«. consistent....22 Une. SOdatee 0.Be eahs,

distinctive ..... b+ Fie ay emerged 2d), entirely ee


original ...... ae ene penchant ....... Se coe patterns ....... i teat ae
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


* Words that are omitted from a part of a quoted extract are
indicated by three periods (four at the end of a sentence).
3 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
4 A compound adjective modifying a noun is hyphenated.
5 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
UNIT 40 205

DESIGNING OUR FUTURE


206 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
UNIT 40 207

Reproduced by permission from the ‘Commercial Letter,’ Canadian


Imperial Bank of Commerce, Toronto.
Unit 41
i THEORY RECALL

When SKR or SGR follows T or D the circle is written as shown in


the following outlines:

disagree ..... fovscreenten GisclepatiCy, te [aeeerce discriminating .

describe ........baa describes ....... Ne oe oeadeseribed <2 Loa

discourage beyer discrimination [ieee

Note: description Ye

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

it is certainly not ........... Ciel ete as we do not

mH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The secretary must be able to type numbers rapidly and accurately


and be able to use them with assurance when transcribing. To do
UNIT 41 909
this, she must know certain general rules. Expressing numbers is
not complicated and is governed in most cases by the nature of the
company’s business. If the secretary finds that there are two or more
correct ways of expressing numbers in certain situations, she should
consult the files or ask her colleagues about the office rules in such
cases.
Here are a few basic rules:
In business letters, exact numbers (35, 100, 56) above ten are written
in figures while numbers from ome to ten are written as words. All
amounts of money are expressed in figures. In legal documents
sums of money are written out in full, followed by the figures in
parentheses.
Approximate numbers (numbers preceded by such expressions
as more than, at least, about, and approximately) are written out if they
are round numbers in even units. Figures are used only when these
numbers cannot be expressed in one or two words (550,000) or
when used with other numbers expressed in figures. Round numbers
over a thousand—for example, 1200—are expressed as twelve
hundred.
Always spell out numbers that begin a sentence.
Always spell out ordinals (first, second, third, etc.).
Never divide a figure at the end of a line.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

. ice Go
Examination .~-=>-2—s>. Sewer ....)....... i Medicine Hat ..m—........
.

recommended AEA LM My. highly io residents ay feralic ke.


210 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

operating Ce engineering el
A insurers Pani pe! 3

ease Seed Shee ee Corporation .........2... at your convenience ae

Watson and Webber, Limited


Consulting Engineers
890 Jasper Avenue
EDMONTON, Alberta

Oe ee La se ES ee ere ee ee

niet Se hos RNa Soe cE


ER eh lk.

ae pate LOS: du hath porte eee


ie ee NA Nee eee
a<a ae Alp ea anes ee Misersne Cent Os Er ee eee

Bw ee AD G7 tie Pelee? iis:

ae Beretos Goedel Nhe ey eee ae


ae ee, ee ae me so ie bray caeak benaten Use Be

eee ee Mees BANC Weenie Bee ,-. ROBERT BELL AND


COMPANY, James Saunders
UNIT 41 211

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

AScIStaNnCe = ths aoe mourhands. jo commitments fevrefecd

earlier .¥..\....¥.......%.... meanwhile .........72.. System, 0) eee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


Robert Bell and Company
Insurance Adjusters
761 Second Avenue
Medicine Hat, Alberta
PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

|xcoe Pe ..y... WATSON AND


WEBBER, LIMITED, S. R. Bruce
Unit 42
4 THEORY RECALL

Stroke S is used at the beginning of an outline:


(a) If a vowel comes before S.

assist heres auspices bs a8 aSSeSsMent 2 1s

(b) Ifa triphone follows S.

(c) If an outline begins with S-vowel-S or S-vowel-Z.

sizeable re x! societies ..... 7ae seasonable one ceaseless ....)-2....

SEASOED Naat: SIZ ik Cd Soe

Stroke Z is always used when Z begins a word.

zero ys ase zeal Ve Bt zealous ..Y~.....

Hu SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

it is inconvenient ........ hae:Py en it is not necessary ........ Lowes

it is not convenient
214 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

it is unnecessary ......... eee I am unable to

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Write all numbers in a connected group in figures.


Example: We need 5 chairs, 15 tables, and 16 typewriters.
If one number immediately follows another, spell out the smaller
one and express the larger one in figures.
For example: The dealer bought 30 ten-dollar pens.
If one number follows another, the numbers are separated by a
comma.
For example: In 1966, 69 cents was the list price.
All numbers are expressed in figures in tabular and statistical
work.
Decimals are always expressed in figures.
The decimal point or ciphers are not used in even amounts
of money occurring in the body of a business letter. If the same
letter contains amounts of money containing cents, the decimal
point and ciphers are retained to give a uniform appearance.
In the body of a letter when amounts of money are under $1,
write the word cents after the figures.
Figures are used to express percentages preferably with per cent
written as two words. However, the % sign is used after a figure:
(1) In statistical and accounting material.
(2) In tabulations, invoices, and inter-office memoranda.
In business correspondence, figures are used for dimensions,
measures, weights, degrees, distances, and market quotations.

HW. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


UNIT 42 215

concluded)2 tal avaeso interim >... wcommence,....2e

we acknowledge receipt of ...... TN oe project-ed ......... ) ‘eee


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
3 Commas are used to set off expressions denoting the residence
or position of a person.

Manitoba Water Resources Commission


107 Portage Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba
216 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

MEYER, R. J. Allen
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Manitoba ; in accordance with ~........ CONUIMNGC oe

forwarded es Corporation .............. eee estimated ..... dm. ake

consultant .....69 6... engineer # en sewer ws cage }Pods

greatest ........ Ns se inasmuch as ....... Bets Os developer a Saat

ultimately YaC....&.... homeowner ....... Pre eee Strict. yRae2 oot

SChsbeh 5.) ee Bal nate progress ........ cee cared preliminary .‘V..........
wale
evaluated Ware recommendations LAG incorporated .............

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1
The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
2
Commas are used to set off parenthetical words or phrases.
3
Commas are used to separate co-ordinate phrases modifying the
same word.
UNIT 42 917
Reeve and Members of Council
Corporation of Township of St. Vital
P.O. Box 755
St. Vital, Manitoba

io er Ce ae ee ee We | a ae
SV Co pore ee Oe ee renee
; oe : L aN) > a Nee
ASE hss Re Coie a a laaSee eee ne Sees Aes soe oe Fac eee ean

( AER Ane erin See RSO.\40. a ‘ et ae ie ee See ahs XY te

‘EONS i Gini ane A a ne ae


{3 / aeie deSet Pe eS eaten joe = aNal ee
OER Sees sraleheal Wie glans S| OA eer! Pole ae E Xct
jet ‘thd Paand JessOF
Q =P >
ecgeas eS Be OE NE aa Sree

Ne ee ee
tent SD osetnn om, aespee is Oxon

i. eh i are ee eas ne ses Sock becca cen Moc tii his rma co Br

CAE ee la tt

ei 4..§c MACBETH DEVELOPMENTS


LIMITED, W. J. Macbeth
Unit 43
oy THEORY RECALL

Stroke S or Z is used at the end of an outline:


(a) If a vowel follows S or Z.

Busy «.. agency bow policy ENCE pursue .\/}....

(b) If a word ends with a diphthong followed by -OUS.

continuous = a tenuous ee joyous ...... ‘


ras

(c) In a few words ending in -SESS or -ZESS.

ACCESS een: Ne process olyeee precise Sy ere POSSESS ...... » stot

possesses... ee EXCESS oe Donne EXCISE... aera

Note: recess ...4d.....

| SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


UNIT 43 919
7 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Spell out the time of day when the word o’clock or other informal
style is used. For example :
We shall leave at nine o’clock.
I shall meet you at a quarter to ten.
When a.m. or p.m. are used, time is expressed in figures. It is not
necessary to include two ciphers when an even hour is expressed
unless it is used with another figure which contains minutes. For
example :
The group will leave at 9 p.m.
One train leaves at 7:30 a.m. and the other at 9:00 a.m.
Numbers representing periods of time are usually written in
words except when used in discount or credit terms or in interest
rates.
Fractions standing alone are spelled out.
If in a sentence you use the diagonal bar to express fractions
that are not on the typewriter, be consistent and make all fractions
by this method; do not use the ones available on the typewriter.
Remember, commas are not used in large street numbers, policy
numbers, telephone numbers, or dates.
The abbreviation No. or sign ¥ is used when followed by a figure.
At the beginning of a sentence the word Number is written in full.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

of your company .......-Y-........ assignment ..... yelatt Commission —<>..

in accordance with .-........... interim .....<“|........... developers te i

sewage ........ ?Lig Pid 8 tin tune townships 7 aes definition L2..

municipalities ..... Ee es fe
baltate 0 ve =a discharging ee ree
220 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

installation 32472...ofn = < are


poy
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The colon is used after the expressions as follows or the following
when these expressions introduce listed items.
3 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive (non-essential)
phrases or clauses.
Mr. J. R. Martin
Johnson & Hill
Consulting Engineers
179 St. Catharine Street
Montreal 3, Quebec
UNIT 43 221

Lek the pene ee fox», QUEBEC WATER RESOURCES


COMMISSION, E. J. Richard, Assistant General Manager
Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

interim .~<‘...... engineering Pol ie, relating Pat.

tributary frye disposal tee, ae Ee commented .....1........

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


Quebec Water Resources Commission
702 Cartier Street
Quebec, Quebec
aoe PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

JOHNSON & HILL, J. R. Martin


Encs.
Unit 44
aL THEORY RECALL

The sound SW at the beginning of a word is expressed by a large


circle. The SW circle is written inside curves, counter-clockwise
to straight strokes, and on the same side of straight strokes as the
R hook to include the sound of R.

swear ...C)........ switchboard __....... switcher ..... |geh.. SWOT a. = Vea

sweeter. 4)... swiftly ........ aoat ne switch? 2s.

The SW circle is used only at the beginning of an outline.

hay SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

iietacroistspiace ....2.. Wace ea es in the circumstances ....... Td ee


in the second place ...... rae A at the present time ........ NeeDeere

under the circumstances ..... ) fae out of the question ....... esA hoene

HHH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Knowing what to capitalize and when to capitalize enables the


224 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

secretary to transcribe more easily, more quickly, and more confi-


dently. Although there are standard and established rules for the
use and non-use of capitals, many authorities differ on details and
the wise secretary will be alert to these preferences.
Here are a few basic rules:
Capitalize all proper nouns and adjectives. The adjectives usually
refer to a name.
Do not capitalize words that were proper nouns and are now
common nouns. For example :
ampere, french dressing, india ink
Capitalize a common noun when used as a short form for a specific
proper name or in the place of a long proper name already mentioned.
For example:
the Lakes (the Great Lakes)
The Royal Commission on Bankruptcy met on Wednesday, but
we cannot agree with the findings of this Commission.
Capitalize the word company when the dictator uses it in place of
the full name of the company. However, do not capitalize the word
company in such phrases as our company, your company, their company,
where company does not replace the full name.
Capitalize the names of companies, associations, societies,
committees, boards, departments, clubs, and religious bodies.
Capitalize the word the in the name of an organization if it is
part of the legal name of the organization.
Trade names, brand names, and business products are capitalized.
Most manufacturers and advertisers prefer to capitalize the com-
mon name which follows. For example:
Maple Leaf Detergent
Heinz Ketchup
Winter Wheat

HW BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

ser} Rta, reine


this letter 4. sister ...).... Richards .4..... registered. 4.0.
A
4-4...
UNIT 44 225

recentlye. 5 72.s Merrill e! PAs og 0): Brokerage Company ae


s

misplaced ik seed LINOLLET 10) ees eae urgent .......4

procedure pp duplicate ee at your earliest convenience ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

Commas are used to set off words in apposition.


The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Commas are used to set off parenthetical words.
Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.
oo
eH
NH
OO
F
a
The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses in a
compound sentence when either or both of the clauses contain
internal punctuation, such as a comma.

State Street Trust Company


89 Hanover Street
Boston
Massachusetts 02125, U.S.A.
226 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ig
esbi BOs I AG eB GEkb bid leer te eaeoe ael

les ae cae ae ke Richards

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Assistant ..¢
ree I.INCemnity 2A eee eee grateful ...... tekRE Alaa ie

arrange ./Bad (ee negotiate 2.5 a


oe replacement Sss...ZN0..2.
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off words in apposition.


UNIT 44 227

R. A. Corroon & Company, Incorporated


Insurance Brokers and Adjusters
92 William Street
New York, New York 10038, U.S.A.

7. ae ee .. MERRILL FINCH BROKERAGE


een
COMPANY, R. W. Foreman, Legal Transfer Unit
Enc.
Unit 45
oF THEORY RECALL

The sound SES, SEZ, or ZEZ, in the middle or at the end of a word
is expressed by a large circle. A vowel other than é coming between
the two S’s is shown by writing the vowel-sign inside the circle.

purposes .\/\0.... necessity ay ae decisive JR.aS. possessive _.\o.......

CEASESs Q Be a necessary Loves CRETCISE gn successor ee

economizes —, emphasized .....\o... CONVINCES .....5--

Note: successes ..o €.... EXeYcises .

mM SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

dpatiie nands-Of 31.2 out of the question ...... tyhat eee

in the event of _..... ee eee Nes facts of the case

what is the matter 7... for the sake of

HHH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

In sentences, capitalize all titles when they precede the name, but
not when they follow. For example :
UNIT 45 299

Professor Curtis, Secretary Harvey


We were pleased to meet John Craig, secretary of Johnson and
Webber.
In inside addresses and on envelopes this latter rule does not
apply—titles are always capitalized.
Always capitalize the first word of a sentence within a sentence.
For example :
What we really want to know is, Why did you do it?
Capitalize points of the compass when they indicate definite
geographical localities, but do not capitalize them when they refer
to direction only.
Capitalize the first word and all important words in titles of books,
periodicals, and articles. Only capitalize the word the if it is part of
the book title.
Names of courses are capitalized; names of subjects are not
capitalized.
It is usual to capitalize a noun followed by an arabic or roman
number, but nouns that refer to minor divisions, such as page,
verse, or line, are not capitalized.
Do not capitalize the first word in a list of items following a colon
unless the material is tabulated. In such cases, the first word in
each item is capitalized.
There are two special types of businesses that are peculiar in their
use of capitalization:
(1) In advertising material, many words are capitalized to obtain
emphasis and to attract attention. Ask your employer to indicate
these words.
(2) Legal documents contain many words that are capitalized
that would ordinarily be written in small letters. Here again,
you will learn this as you use these documents.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1


230 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
. eae
COMLPACLOTS:+- yaar Aang lint 9 eeare eae INOVCTOSS 5 2 eee

construction 1b, foundation .....\52...... Pigott..3.\c3 ee


4

in accordance with Sane On recommendation ......... yi RMI 2

sripaceruthia tecc 5 eke we would be glad to receive.

electrically 10 ioe, mechanical-ly ......_....

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The colon is used after the expressions as follows and the following
when these expressions introduce listed items.
3 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

Messrs. Ross and Smith


Architects
50 York Street
Toronto 2, Ontario .
UNIT 45 231

ee a ee nes,

Fae ENE Cea a ar ae Lees LyRe mae Sy eae. © ae

a we $ ve ys
a ee /.
ee nn Ae eee RL nak aie TPN AO ate

NATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY, W. T. Anderson,


Regional Architect
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

tenders ..... |ee ifoe r eplacement .n... structural ...... a eta

depository ...... < bea aes, not later than .f.


ree emphasize De. Ss

conforming .Ps eines: we oe specification. ..... ee ceeete

Sassentonee Re faire oe eae anicless on. Hl A an

Centrex... as a ae instructions ly... vibration Lee ek

facsimile —$——s thereof — CREASES


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Quotation marks are used to enclose expressions accompanied by


such expressions as so-called, known as, marked, entitled, and similar
phrases.
2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Anglin-Norcross (Ontario) Limited
224 Davenport Road
Toronto, Ontario

(il Pate sys hg. teas apesWee MISERY OIE AI, EEO NN oe EEC aE ERI eto ey else era

ee || ges ON eee oh a! Pit


232 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
oe ae Se rae 50 Lo tte ae Ne

See ae was Ld Te toh eeaane


es a ia Gace eee
eS
UNIT 45 233
Ne et Sea ~ me ,.....
2 SOK ROSS AND SMITH,
ARCHITECTS, R. T. Spratt
cc: E.G.M. Cape & Company Limited
Dell Construction Company
Foundation Company of Canada
Jackson-Lewis Company
Pigott Construction Company
V. K. Mason Construction Company
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

submission ae Instructions ...... tsont Tenderers .. kee

Subcontractors .\ Ls facsimile Lea aa thereof ..... yi


Siew

Addendum. .......... Ls sate covering te. ie eeelevator AX


specification se Ra bean melded). 2-01... allowance Lie

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

Anglin-Norcross (Ontario) Limited


224 Davenport Road
Toronto, Ontario

Se ee ee ae
PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ARCHITECTS, R: T. Spratt
Encs.

cc: E.G.M. Cape & Company Limited


Dell Construction Company
Foundation Company of Canada
Jackson-Lewis Company
Pigott Construction Company
V. K. Mason Construction Company
Unit 46
cE THEORY RECALL

The SEZ circle is written on the N hook side of a straight stroke


to include the sound of N.
distances .... +hela Apa conferences ...\_7........ condenses ........ d| aera

experiences ......... \Z..... appearances aoe ee assurances ....... a an

preferences ..\<°....... references ...... are

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

In phrases zf may be halved for the addition of zt.

ifit would be iby ese if it is possible SR ifitis necessary 2.0%...

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The secretary who knows how to use quotation marks correctly


has removed one more barrier to rapid and accurate transcription.
Quotation marks are used to enclose the exact words of a speaker
236 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

or writer. A short quotation is preceded by a comma; a long one,


by a colon.
The setup of quoted material depends on the length of the quoted
extract. If the material takes several typewritten lines it may be
placed in a separate paragraph, indented from both margins, and
not enclosed in quotation marks. This is a modern business trend,
If a complete letter is to be copied, set up the letter on a separate
sheet and head it Copy. It is not necessary to use quotation marks.
In copying a letter in this manner, it is essential that it be an exact
copy—exact in capitalization, punctuation, spelling, word division,
style of figures, and in general setup. Much of this type of work is
now being done on photo-copying machines.
When copying short letters and telegrams, the quotation marks
are placed before the date line, and after the signature.
If words are omitted from part of a quotation, the omission is
shown by three periods, or four at the end of a sentence. For example:
We learned recently that “...he stated this fact emphatically
when he gave this lecture. ...”
The omission of one or more paragraphs is shown by three
asterisks typed on a separate line:
Ao ick
Use single quotation marks (apostrophe) to enclose a quotation
within a quotation.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

administrative 77... Lo “NE wee-e ee Leonard .(~.... supervisor %


BWUUVUEIALIU 2. OU WUL VisUl _.> ae .

personnel Saye insulation ag 8 daseSa a installed — Vee ELE,

drafting ac naturally re draftsman ........ yoMMe:


projects ..... > Lan, possibility OS Hay becoming No,
"=BS N Siinincerscce
Ses oe enna

useful. 225 situation .ee unsatisfactory meee temporary


UNIT 46 237

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1
The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
2
The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when the
co-ordinating conjunction is omitted.
The comma is used to set off expressions which identify or explain
terms,
WEBBER AND HALL, LIMITED
CALGARY, ALBERTA
EO Walter Hanis DATE: June 10, 19..
Administrative Control Officer
FROM: James Leonard
Supervisor of Personnel Department
RE: Personnel Services
238 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

conditioning ...... low aise proposition eke separately ea ae

within the next few days . Ce,

WEBBER AND HALL, LIMITED


CALGARY, ALBERTA
TO: James Leonard DATE: June. 135-19."
Supervisor of Personnel Department
FROM: Walter Hanis
Administrative Control Officer
RE: Personnel Services

Dai: Saeeeee Orne


ne eee Al. SS

Aen eee
Ne eee Ae eae
$ ;
Cecore
ed
geste iho ae
Giga

a a A kan SB LE eM eee Dia aac I Deedee SE Ao

earlier ~Y—\ -Y.. this week G boiler V_ practically a

Excessive oS unusable .<V. rectify, eon ee .


operation Ye . occupying 0 cuttalled 2 < Caleary,2 us.

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

' Note the positions of the attention lines and the subject lines.
Remember in each case there is one blank line left before and
after.
UNIT 46 239

Manning Construction Company Limited


472 Eighth Avenue West
Calgary, Alberta

a ees aed nna ee,. WEBBER AND


HALL, LIMITED, J. T. Selkirk, Property Manager
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 4

insulation ..>77.......25f.....=f..... fiberglass

strapping AG: board N=, created ..571....c=>... lath


asbestos ._‘ SAM cement on...

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Parentheses are used to enclose references or directions.

Simmons Insulation Company Limited


488 Park Lane
Calgary, Alberta

b Pele: (Boe NAlecnd Peek Wee MIP ed Debst LN Seat West URAe SBitleg.y vod Raney eae Nk re

ETS
RL te a Ke kee Ee nek ae

Za
ax Ze a eo
Bete ee tee Lene
sis see ca cieanceaasuleceaees Gp cetccceneteeecoeesnscscceecececssaeceratccsecseecrecssceneceseccssenanencacsesensssceeneesecsace
s ZS Za
240 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

MANNING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED, J. M.


Harper, Manager
nit 47
MRR tHeory RECALL
A small loop (called STEE) is used to represent the sound of ST
(and at the end of a word also ZD). It follows the rules for the writing
of the circle S.
Statin ilide le. stimulus .....<e... subsidized ....\p...... condensed ..J...

UEC ol ae oie chemist __-s. protest sat Ses statute ...... vate
experienced _ \Z storage ..7/....... arrest penis: SUtCh oye

Circle S may be added to STEE loop.

costs ............ protests ae ome suggests ...f...... rests ...Z.....


STEE loop may also be used in the middle of an outline.

BMCIStCee ibe eee suggestion hem justify hes ms

dsegeetnrn eeAge statistics ns ey statistical Jt aN. testify ..b..ve

adjustable .2\@.... distinctly ye distinctive. [o Mdrastic::...=

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

In some phrase forms words may be halved for the addition of 7é:
242 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

in which it is ........ Se eee by which it was ................ 3Pa Pov

to which it is a ee I wish it were not .............. 4 See

to which it was ........... 3eee I do not wish it to be .......... <ee

wn DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Quotation marks are used to enclose words or phrases preceded by


such expressions as marked, entitled, signed, and known as.
Technical or trade names that are used in non-technical letters,
etc., are enclosed in quotation marks. Also enclosed in quotation
marks are humorous words or expressions, and slang or poor grammar
when used purposely.
Titles of books, booklets, poems, pamphlets, lectures, magazine
articles, musical compositions, paintings, divisions of books (chapters,
tables, lessons, charts) when used in business letters may be arranged
as follows:

(1) Enclosed in quotation marks;


(2) Underscored without quotation marks;
(3) Typed in all capitals without quotation marks.

When typing manuscripts it is customary to underscore such


material. This indicates to the printer that it is to be set in italics.
Magazine titles, newspapers, or annuals are simply typed in
capitals and small letters with no additional display.
Remember that promotion, advertising, and sales letters often
use unusual display devices. They may contain titles of magazines
or products quoted and underscored in all capitals.
Quotation marks are used to enclose the names of ships, airplanes,
and trains. Mor example:
the “Homeric,” the “Rapido.”
Well-known proverbs or sayings are not enclosed in quotation
marks.
UNIT 47 243

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Fesearehee.
7 Meer ae Ey Ais fp

stairwells Vg. Inspector .~%......... =X scheduled pee ota

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase or


when it appears natural to pause after a short phrase or word.
2 The comma is used to set off a parenthetical word at the beginning
of a sentence.
The United Mining and Smelting Company
Thetford Mines
Quebec
244 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Encs.

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 Commas are used to set off words or phrases that identify or
explain other terms.
Sage, Meyer and Associates
Architects and Engineers
122 Cartier Street
Montreal, Quebec
UNIT 47 245

THE UNITED MINING AND SMELTING COMPANY,


A. D. Ball, Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Administration ..L-..... are phent Ne perspective 5. Ne

em

Board of Directors ot. comprehensive oS


a

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The comma is used after an introductory clause.


The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
DY
wo
PrP The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses in a
compound sentence when either or both of the clauses have
internal punctuation, such as a comma.
5 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.
246 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

The United Mining and Smelting Company


Thetford Mines
Quebec
UNIT 47 247

Come Tie a) reS Ekin ae ae


Nee
a ae ope ke
cp Ne

MEYER AND ASSOCIATES, J. B. Sage


Encs.
Unit 48

Lhe THEORY RECALL

STEE loop is not used:


(a) If a stressed vowel comes between the S and the T.

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

N hook may be used in phrasing to indicate than.

more than ............. later than (ee larger than

longer than ee any longer than Ee: no longer than ...~ z


UNIT 48 9249
WH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The following rules apply to the use of various punctuation marks


when used with quotation marks at the end of a quotation:
1. The period and the comma are always placed inside the final
quotation marks. This rule is favoured by American and Canadian
publishers.
2. The colon and the semicolon are always placed outside the final
quotation marks.
3. The question mark and the exclamation mark are placed inside the
quotation marks if the quoted material asks the question or makes
the exclamation.
4, The question mark and the exclamation mark are placed outside the
quotation marks if the entire sentence asks the question or makes
the exclamation.
When typing a list of items, any opening quotation mark should
clear the left margin so that the first letter of each item can be
aligned. This also applies when typing poems when quotation marks
occur at the beginning of stanzas.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

careful attention cade

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used after the following and as follows when these
expressions introduce listed items.
250 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. Frank Jones, Purchasing Agent


The Gemini Insurance Company
17 King Street East
Toronto 1, Ontario

FURNITURE COMPANY, LIMITED, John R. Smith, Sales


Manager
UNIT 48 Zot

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

finished 7... eleesequipped (Seen ee reduction ...... BAles.Rese


prompt reply oyaw ras facilitate 6! oe
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 It is considered correct to omit the hyphen from frequently
used one-thought modifiers that are perfectly clear without the
hyphen.
3 Commas are used to set off parenthetical phrases or clauses.
Mr. John R. Smith
Sales Manager
Acme Furniture Company, Limited
Peterborough, Ontario

THE GEMINI INSURANCE COMPANY, Frank Jones, Purchas-


ing Agent
252 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Mr. Frank Jones, Purchasing Agent
The Gemini Insurance Company
17 King Street East
Toronto 1, Ontario

We eas ee , ACME FURNITURE


COMPANY, LIMITED, John R. Smith, Sales Manager
Unit 49
RR tHeory RECALL
The sound of STER in the middle or at the end of a word is repre-
sented by a large loop. It follows the rules for the circle S.

poster .....S......... register... 2D... foster). 22 administer —~2..

investor ~-\,,.. administering Eee sinister .¢-2.. spinster Bee nee

Circle S can be added to STER.

investors .Jo,... posters ...»....... spinsters WE

STER loop may be written in the middle of an outline.

masterpiece cn upholsterer NK...

STER loop is not used:


(a) If there is a stressed vowel between ST and R.

registry Lh
254 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

greater than oo... smaller than ~~). rather than es cae

better than .... 4 oe not later than ..... f-


Ee easier than ....... is2G

HA DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The rules for word division are many and varied. A few basic
rules are worth learning and remembering as an aid to accurate
and speedy transcription. If in doubt as to the correct word division,
consult a dictionary or book specially designed for this purpose.
Avoid word division if possible. If it cannot be avoided follow
these basic rules:
1. Divide words only between syllables.
2. Do not divide words of one syllable or words with fewer than six
strokes. :
3. Do not separate a one-syllable beginning or ending from the rest
of the word.
4, Divide after a one-letter syllable that is in the middle of a word
and not part of a suffix. For example: simi/lar
. Divide after the prefix.
. Divide before the suffix.
. Divide only at the existing hyphen in a hyphenated compound.
. Never leave fewer than two letters and never cariy over fewer
ez)
(SoS

than three strokes, the third of which may be a punctuation mark.


(Continued in Unit 51)

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

description ....L—... TX ban... conference Aes


UNIT 49 2s)
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
+ The comma is used after short introductory phrases when it
appears natural to pause.
Mr. F. S. Fairbairn
Metzler Electronics Industries Limited
163 Laird Drive
Toronto 17, Ontario

CONFERENCE BOARD, James Allan, Research Specialist, Per-


sonnel Administration

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

invitation i participate MA RES manpowet .............5 ,


ES
AUNOUNCEMICHt. when othe eo. TOSteI «oer Damelists pees
<a ee
See . Poe

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases,or clauses.
Mr. F. S. Fairbairn
Personnel Department
Metzler Electronics Industries Limited
163 Laird Drive
Toronto 17, Ontario
256 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

NATIONAL INDUSTRIAL CONFERENCE BOARD, James


Allan, Research Specialist, Personnel Administration
Unit 50
A THEORY RECALL

This is a penmanship drill. Concentrate on preciseness of strokes


and proportion of circles and loops. Remember: Copy once for
accuracy, once for speed, and once for control.

facowet (ee LSC A ese) tee ASS? he oh cee

voice ..S2.. SO... vast 2 Do p ass 24. Se ee

chess eho We. Chases Qos chest ........... Chester wDfee Dae

Spleen ners cee spinster


ee Ree DAN nee. d ance eae Ae

Dunster ...(........ pun ....s..>»...d...S.. announce to ree

Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

N hook is used in phrasing to indicate own.

by our own Mew for your own ee ak, GUEOWN= 44

it is our own .....d@...... by their own ay nae through their own 3ce
258 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i ARTICLE

Note: The material in this lesson is the speech referred to in


Units 49 and 51.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

society ae conference \.”... for my part So. panel ee ee

assigned ........ sate project-ed Se oe evaluate ..\(1.... Cae.


two or three Mr Federal ....... ee technological a

revealed S,.2% SSCLIOUS uh ne qualifications ——— ies

insufiicient-ly-cy 4... 8 24......<.. specialized cong baht MS, ee < elt.

experience Wane Ae categoryien et — osecondarys 0.422

circumstances d... entirely ..~Y~....... short-sightedness ..... itesRenee 25

motivation ..’\..... standards ..... 4pee as a result (4... A gee

ACCEICLALeC iy. ag. Ae certain o-<.. predicted ...

StLOMGlyi Vocational \__< it is possible

substantial-ly \.... defrayed ..... m wie ..... scientific

personnel oN cw up to date ..... )a regularly ..... ae a ee

survival ote a competitive >:ee financed ee ee


ee ae effectively \_........ experimental== =).
Provincial Sl, SUSIE Osc rae elsewhere ...... ges eee

Lt eee eee AP AthetiG a(n ee perseverance ...... Raye aes

FECOpIMUON 57). en6 eee maintenance .......0d- ees

curriculum <<... mathematics 4. centrally ......... heros c.

truthfully .... iees appropriate eave essentially oJ. dee nneen


instructional =...
UNIT 50 259

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1
The comma is used to set off an expression used in apposition.
2
Words or phrases introduced by such expressions as marked,
known as, entitled (or when these words are implied) are enclosed
in quotation marks.
The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
The dash is used to set off a parenthetical expression that
requires more emphatic separation from the balance of the
sentence than can be shown by the comma.
Brackets are used to indicate an insertion in a quoted extract.
Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
The colon is used with such words as the following, as follows
(or when these are implied) when these words introduce listed
items.
Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
The dash is used to set off a parenthetical expression when that
expression contains commas within itself.
10 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when
either or both of these clauses contain internal punctuation such
as a comma.
Spell out periods of time in words unless such numbers are used
in discount and credit terms and interest rates. Spell out the
time of day when an informal style is used.

UPGRADING BASIC EMPLOYEE SKILLS


260 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
UNIT 50 261

ey SRO res CIE eA Gel Re


“So STE SAGYVAO ie ORIM a
Sino ae LU aU co RT

Bere ioc ths NG Oe fa Luat as We YE GS a


‘ @
262 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

us ae aL a kee rhe ph hot Rengrerh ee <2 ENS

Been ets \ ete, ae ae “ Eee Sit as ae ee


Za

ee ae Oe ee Zoe Ee OV pean lees me Kod x

0A Winco eee et em ee
264 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

aN say we onuo I Keath singed east cB sa edlint Dated Tease ON dielea tace An eRe a

ae ale Co) tens cae ecg ee ec e


UNIT 50

ree eS
IS. LS ee
ee a
oe
Reproduced by permission of the author.
Unit 51
Pa THEORY RECALL

A small hook written at the beginning of a straight stroke on the


same side as the S circle adds the sound of L.

plaintiff ..... Na eae delegate _L.... deliberation ne delicately see

problem ee children 4 ne political ...S........... employment ao

including .<.. duplicate ee circulation «- article ..~............

radical vie ome ethical Aes neh periodical Shee speculate ....\.........

a SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

PR CU ROWERS i 4c) eee On OULOWN es my own


. ee . ° .
In My OWN Case 22... co DISIOWT wos loeee in their own

Note: In some phrases own is written in full.


UNIT 51 267

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Word division (continued from Unit 49):

9. Never divide contractions or abbreviations.


10. Never divide figures or amounts of money. Very long numbers
may be divided at the comma.
11. Avoid dividing personal names. If it is unavoidable, make the
division between the given name and the surname.
12. Avoid dividing a title; but, again, if it is unavoidable, divide
between the name and the title.
13. Never divide a person’s initials from his surname.
14. Never divide the day from the month. If it is necessary to
divide dates, make the division between the day and the year.

It is good taste to follow these additional rules:

1. Never end more than two consecutive lines with a hyphen.


2. Never divide the last word in a paragraph.
3. Never divide the last word on a page.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

PUPDOSE |. \/ Noes: SICEL GLY oerahi: worth-while os Pea:

contribution ..... tale, ou xme tee sundry 2am atlas ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
268 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. R. Clark, Director


Conference Division
National Industrial Conference Board Incorporated
845 Third Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10022
U.S.A.

sul Bias nel wo eM BT ee


ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES LIMITED, F. S. Fairbairn,
Manager, Indusirial Relations
Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.


2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
3 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
UNIT 51 269

Mr, F. S. Fairbairn, Manager


Industrial Relations
Metzler Electronics Industries Limited
163 Laird Drive
Toronto 17, Ontario

pina RRNA yt oe Noe eee

NATIONAL INDUSTRIAL CONFERENCE BOARD, James


Allan, Research Specialist, Personnel Administration

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

conversation ae te Vas ae ee propose ...... ACER A Mae

NOrk. 40s reserve ae


==
eye privilege ae ES

I hope that you will find Beara eet


270 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory word, phrase, or clause.


2 Words and phrases preceded by such expressions as entitled,
known as, marked, etc., are enclosed in quotation marks.
3 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.
Mr. James Allan, Research Specialist
Personnel Administration
National Industrial Conference Board
615 Dorchester Boulevard West
Montreal 2, Quebec

ee La notes Neen
ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES LIMITED, F. S. Fairbairn,
Manager, Industrial Relations
Enc.
ernie?
ft THEORY RECALL

Circle S immediately preceding a double consonant hooked for L


is written inside the hook.
Supple wi wean subtle mel aches CyCleuwee Go. supplement
... \-.......

splendid oN od supplier Ae
Both circle and hook are shown when used medially.
GHSDIAY Fey eet. disclosure ...|....... physical -\......... exclusion —e......

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


N hook is used in phrasing to indicate on.
CANIVs OWS e 6 esto 4 CALTICOLON te. 2ee Maine Carried Onitheit eras. |
EY
dater on)... Tae cee 2 further on ..... Sekeb ... farther on jee sees

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

In a business office the stenographer is sometimes required to


address a large number of envelopes at one time. It is valuable to
ai PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

know all the timesaving methods that will help in doing such a
job easily, quickly, and efficiently.
Many offices which have a great deal of this type of work will,
no doubt, use an addressing machine; but, for the stenographer
who has no access to such a machine, here are two methods which
may be used on the typewriter.
1. The front-feed method. Insert the first envelope and type the
address in the usual manner. Turn down the first envelope until
only a fraction of an inch of this envelope shows above the alignment
scale. From the envelopes stacked at the left cf the machine, face
sides up and the flaps away from you, pick up and insert the second
envelope between the top edge of the first envelope and the platen.
As the addressed envelope is rolled through the machine, the second
envelope will be in the correct position for typing the first line of the
address.
The completed envelopes will accumulate on the paper table and
should be removed when about twenty envelopes have accumulated.
2. The back-feed method. Insert the first envelope in the usual
manner, and as you bring it to position for the first line of type,
from the envelopes stacked at the left of the machine, face sides up
and the flaps toward you, pick up and insert the second envelope
between the bottom of the one you are putting in position and the
back of the platen.
When you have addressed the envelope and twirled it out, the
second one is automatically brought into the correct position for
addressing. This may be continued until all the envelopes are
addressed.
When you have decided which method you prefer, practise it
until you have eliminated all waste motions.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

This Unit contains inter-office memoranda and external correspond-


ence. You will notice that the style and the language in the inter-
office memoranda are less formal than those used in the external
letters.
UNIT 52 273
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

CaIMnpaigm (ina.er Benoi tena, Nie ee Montreal peers ae


Acceptance a iat Chemise ena la ba certainly: ace ases

doesnt fo) Leese: intend i Ou Schedule 2a anes dy<i

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words or phrases in apposition,


2 The names of television and radio broadcasting stations and
systems are written in capitals without spaces and without
periods.

McMILLAN ADVERTISING COMPANY


INTER-OFFICE MEMORANDUM
TO: Hal Leslie DATE: January -3, 1190;
FROM: Lucien Sauve
SUBJECT: THE CANADIAN NATIONAL INSTITUTE
FOR THE BLIND

foe Fe ete Solo calle Bo eae


De ee ai dye ee My aU ie Ni ata ee
Se eNO ONES Ne bo? Sl 2a

ae as Atay aera Lucien Sauvé

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

inter-office
274 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

stations ....of...... support Az..\/4...... in conjunction with ...Lo.......


. . . . —“

Lucien ...¢~....... honour odio Jovan. PUN COLIN a ee eg


wouldn’t ...,,4.... clarify f25 abies whether or not.....02.0.. pe

Mrs. Mary Shore


Media Department
La Marsh Brothers Limited
26 York Street
Toronto, Ontario

tlie vee La aia WM M ESL nero a oom nL ee it on ..

1 pete ING Bs Se Se Today AG Sieh ocean

Pe a La eet el ee
NS CXC CAENGIA cerned BRGY mite Ra ah eg
Ola ae
Lda SASS eleeee ie ea a5

ee iil Mine) McMILLAN ADVERTISING CO.,


LIMITED, H. Leslie
Unit 53
a THEORY RECALL

A small hook written at the beginning of a straight stroke on the


opposite side to the circle S adds the sound of R.

parallel

Ce Glee: wee. eo CApUtLCaese gl Reeve programme

manager ..... etal eee progressive ...\=-£........ proprietor... Be pit:

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

on account of the ....... =:ae ent on the subject (of) ............. Ser ih

oMryour parte... Ne Tisher ers om, therothen hand ee 2 sac) teeta!

on the one hand ........ re Set ct onthe, other sideialii.k. oda... cena.
276 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Sometimes it is necessary to type additional information on a sheet


which is bound at the top with other sheets. This is a simple procedure,
and one every stenographer should know.
Insert a blank sheet into the machine in the usual manner until
about an inch appears in front above the alignment scale. Place the
bottom edge of the sheet on which you wish to type between the part
of the blank sheet which is showing and the platen. Roll the platen in
reverse until you reach the line on which you wish to type.
This may also be done by using a pocket sheet in place of the
blank sheet. The sheet on which you wish to type is placed in the
pocket sheet and front fed into the machine.

[MJ susiness CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Trade-marked names, brand names, and commercial products


are capitalized.
2 The dash is used to set off parenthetical expressions which require
more emphatic separation from the balance of the sentence than
the comma would indicate.
8 The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses and
after short expressions when it appears natural to pause.
UNIT 53 277

4 The exclamation point is used after expressions that express


irony, surprise, sarcasm, or amusement.
Parentheses are used to set off comments that are independent
of the main thought of the sentence.
Quotation marks are used to enclose ironical, humorous, or
slang expressions.
The comma is used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Berwick, Nova Scotia
July 14, 19..
Hunter Brothers Limited
165 Dorchester Boulevard
Montreal, Quebec
278 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ove Mrs. Roberta Little

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

Mrs. F. S. Little
Berwick
Nova Scotia
UNIT 53 279

BROTHERS LIMITED, Pauline Wells, Secretary to Technical


Director

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

reversion ee bleached a... >Ne ae, Original se L Glmeyy warts t

Gieamy wea enon sunlight. 1.22... Wnstapless a etSeen ere sh

Optical pens
on 0. substantivity .....7yp........ refurbish
. ee . — . . .

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used after the following or as follows if these expressions


introduce listed items.
2 The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.
3 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

HUNTER BROTHERS LIMITED


LO: MeaeD. Kilbourne “DALE: “Ausust 14,019.
FROM: L. H. Geddes
SUBJECT: STAR
Contract SOs
irs or. oeuittle
Berwick, Nova Scotia
280 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Oe a ee oe7 i Sioa ae
a Se, eS ee od aS erent Vac ae oe) fee EeMA ee oe | Se a)&

ae en eke ee een ice


Unit 54
MR rHeory RECALL
At the beginning of an outline a circle or a loop immediately preced-
ing a straight stroke hooked for R is shown by writing the circle
or loop on the R hook side of the sign.
SRS eee sacrillceh oc pai eynes suppression .°\).......
BUCA
ER Vs cee fuses ove sweater ...1...... switcher .... ese Steepely ee Ne
In the middle of an outline both the S-circle and the hook are
shown.
obstruct aN iat TCUSUCY: ee [be reciprocate .Z.\...

To avoid long or awkward outlines the double consonants are


sometimes used even though a strong accented vowel occurs in the
syllable. If necessary, these vowels are shown as follows:

Hn SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

— almost always ee aimosteminediately. se:

almost certain ......... ACS ae ek almost impossible


282 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

almost certainly

HUE DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Occasionally it is necessary for a stenographer to type on the bottom


edge of a page. This can be done easily and effectively by using a
backing sheet or pocket sheet.
After typing to a point about one-third down on the sheet,
place a backing sheet between the back of the platen and the sheet
on which you are typing. As you continue typing and the backing
sheet appears above the alignment scale, anchor the two sheets with
paper clips on the edges. This anchors the page on which you wish
to type and you may proceed to type on the bottom edge.
If you use a pocket sheet, place this over the bottom edge of the
sheet as you insert it. This anchors the paper as it moves through the
machine, and you may safely type on the bottom edge. The depth
of the pocket will determine where you may type the last line.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

grievance <_ We Soe cane be Fae Ni es contention Kees wae ay

Union .-.....
oF
violation Nig ea collective al Lear eget Risers

GRIEVANCE REPORT
USA LOCAL NO. 2579
Location: Sarnia Works
Nature of Grievance: Division of Overtime Clause 9.11
UNIT 54 283

Grievance Committeeman

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

United 7-1... 4~.... Steelworkers (eens. SUDELVISOR eee:


sc

Todustrial Sf) a]. International grievance


division ..... & ee a ae second he heh OOS

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off expressions in apposition.


LOCAL NO. 2579
UNITED STEELWORKERS OF AMERICA
1031 West Street East
Sarnia, Canada
June29 19
Mr. G. 8S. Goodman
General Supervisor, Industrial Relations
International Rubber Company
Sarnia, Ontario

Secretary, Grievance Committee, Local 2579

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

distribution ..

discussion ..... |Ef aD)


284 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.

Mr. J. Hope, Secretary


Local 2579
United Steelworkers of America
Sarnia, Ontario

Woodruff, General Supervisor, Industrial Relations


Unit 55
MR rHeory RECALL
A small hook written at the beginning of a curved stroke represents
R. A Jarge initial hook represents L.

partnership 7 ee engineer... doe. rolfilivey cewea former; cee

feral os. ee: development son CUIMOUTa ee afraid ....>}......

marginal ae terminal ei leras nae

S circle coming before the R and L hooks to curves is written


inside the hook.

always be......... As hoe Or always be glad ae always been x rere

always been done ANS: always be sure PiNu always know a ny


286 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HHL DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Many dictators when preparing unusual or complicated letters or


reports prefer to dictate a rough draft of this material.
Before beginning to dictate an employer will have gathered
together all the information required, evaluated it, and made a
few brief notes. Having gone through these procedures he is then
ready to dictate the first—or rough—draft.
This first or rough draft should be typed in double or triple spacing.
This spacing leaves room for making changes. Rough drafts are
edited, revised, and rewritten—often many times—before the final
copy is ready to be mailed. During this time a skilful secretary will
assist her dictator by checking spelling, punctuation, capitalization,
and providing research assistance if necessary.
If it is a report that is being prepared, correct layout is important
to the organization of the material. A carefully constructed layout
will make use of headings and subheadings, underscoring, capitaliza-
tion, numbering, varied spacing, proper margins, and indentation.
The well set-up report makes it easy for the reader to grasp the
relationship between various sections. Thus, the reader is able to
gain a reasonably coherent picture of the development of the content
of the report by glancing at the headings and opening paragraphs.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

TecHiten.a es Pe ee SPINS Sie ees against


°

engineering ..... ibeBetisha Pat. self-explanatory 0000.00.00... ;“4 ier, ie

if there is....... bee Fae hesitates... Faia Sd 4, hems ARM

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.


UNIT 55 287

Canadian Foundries and Steel Limited


P.O. Box 460
Sudbury, Ontario

THE WALLACE COMPANY LIMITED, L. B. Wilson, Sales


Department
Enc.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

specializing
1m ..\<..5.2.. \.. repaired .“\_./\.. straightened fald el oe

_ re-coiled Ear Be aoa RG visual aos BAS »ead iene


abandon ...... i:

iedismantled)2[. Nu... hinges ..--7. accidents PGs Bea

| aswellas iS sy resulted EE ae financial-ly So—<..\- geo:


288 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
3 The comma is used after short introductory words or phrases
when it appears natural to pause.

THEWALLACE COMPANY LIMITED


HAMILTON, CANADA
ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH REPORT

TO: Sales Department DAT i ey es fae


FROM: Engineering Department
SUBJECT: Reelite Springs
UNIT 55 289

Department

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

we have received Ky... requisition gad


i ae
BDEEIBS ecvetger SCLADPEG 5 eater ten ..... lf you require .\.., A=~..

CANADIAN FOUNDRIES AND STEEL LIMITED


SUDBURY, ONTARIO
Memorandum to: J. Travers Date: October 1,19
From Desk of: M. Harris

A A ae

requisition ..../..~......
290 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

CANADIAN FOUNDRIES AND STEEL LIMITED


SUDBURY, ONTARIO
Memorandum to: J. Travers Datés Octoper 126. toe
From Desk of: M. Harris

es oe ee M. H.
Unit 56
cL THEORY RECALL

Stroke MP/MB is doubled to add R; stroke NG is doubled to add


GR or KR:

tamper ... La anchor .—.... temperature Ly longer ae

September .-——~. linger .

R-hook is also used to add KR or GR to NG and to add R to


MP/MB when the resulting outline is easier to write.

HL SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

we Can assure you ....... Ch hee i VOUsCANaSsULe: Ust s\n teeee

will assure you ............ we eae. ee we are assured ........ pie rd Oe

we will assure you ........ We pees tORASSUTC anna a ae aan


Zoe PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

One of the jobs a secretary may have to do is to take the minutes


at various meetings. Since these minutes constitute the official
record of such meetings, they must be accurate in all details. In
addition, they must be concise, and they must be formal in style.
It is a good plan to write up minutes as soon as possible, while the
general feeling of the meeting is fresh in the mind.
It will be helpful if the secretary can secure a full background
knowledge of what is expected to take place at a meeting, or of what is
listed on the agenda. It is essential that the secretary be able to assess
what is pertinent and significant in the discussion so that she can be
selective and take notes only on those items that have a real bearing
on the matters under discussion.
It is customary to include in the minutes:
(1) The name of the group or corporation holding the meeting.
) The time, date, and place of meeting.
(3) The name of the chairman.
) The names of those present—usually listing the chairman first
followed by others in order of seniority or—if seniority is not
important—alphabetically.
(5) Resolutions and motions.
(6) Unfinished business.
(7) Copies of all papers presented at the meeting. These papers are
attached to the minutes.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1
Anniversaty ........¢..... in your letter
=

Southern Steel Products Company


777 Colborne Street
Sudbury, Ontario
UNIT 56 293

wae ak gon Soy ys pCANADIAN FOUNDRIES


AND STEEL LIMITED, Dek” Bruno, Galvanized Sales

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause or phrase.


Southern Steel Products Company
777 Colborne Street
Sudbury, Ontario

ae sri ek hte
i Re aad cao arte 1 earaeBin Site:

<Me a INS , CANADIAN FOUNDRIES


AND STEEL LIMITED, D. R. Bruno, Galvanized Sales
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Anniversary wie recalls se. ee a that you were not Paden set ie

in a position >. appreciate ay , ee DO, comments .‘.2...

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

Canadian Foundries and Steel Ltd.


Sudbury
Ontario

Lo: eeee PoE


era z llBlul ne BNNRL
Ae stbeNO ore Ole Sethe eree een oeneeSe OE SE ES
PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Ms [eee kee ee ee
ea ate (Sees xWien ns a
Sta eae ae ee se ioe hag. 90,
lee CRT SRT Ry are NS |Bs Ce See he ee
Ree eee ee a eee on LN. jo haga

ta oNes ......y SOUTHERN STEEL PRODUCTS


COMPANY, G. H. Lawlor, Purchasing Agent
Want 37
it THEORY RECALL

FR, VR, ThR, and THR are sometimes written in reverse form

S>..>>...)..).. Reverse forms are used:

(a) In one-stroke words where there is no initial vowel.

friends .....53.......... UArCAte et) as version 1,.0s.05.4 freight? 2 eae

ireczZen ee through: 2)".

(b) When they can be joined easily to other strokes (generally


after a left-to-right stroke).

The FL and VL hooks are reversed after straight upstrokes,


K, G, and N.

reflects eaten) intervals


296 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Hw SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

it appears that.......... A eee we have appeared ....... Nee

it appears to me ....... hoe Mee hes they dppearede: 2 2a i seperated Meee

will appear ............ (deere Note: it would appear ...... eSace

nD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Minutes are typed and set up in formal style. As minutes are generally
bound in special books, they are typed on “‘minute’’ paper. This
process requires that a left margin of one and one-half or two inches
be used and a right margin of one inch. Double spacing is usually
used to allow for corrections and insertions; however, single spacing
may be used.
There are various styles used in setting up formal minutes and the
efficient secretary will secure and study a sample of the style used
in her office. There are, however, a few general rules which are
applicable.
Minutes may be organized chronologically or logically; that is,
in the order of the agenda, and as discussed at the meeting; or
grouped according to their reference to one another and their
importance.
They may be itemized and numbered.
Marginal notes giving a brief explanation of the content of the
minutes, or an underlined heading, are helpful for quick assimilation
of the material.
No erasures are allowed; all corrections are made by crossing out
the error and writing or typing the correct version above.
The second page of the minutes must contain the following infor-
mation: name of the committee, page number, and date. This
information is usually placed on the sixth line from the top, beginning
at the left margin with the name..The page number is centred and the
date is typed flush with the right margin.
UNITE 57 297

Remember: the secretary must secure all the information she


will require for the final writing of her minutes at the meeting.
Finally, the secretary who is permitted to go to company meetings
and take minutes is not only providing a very valuable service but
is being given the opportunity to enjoy a most exciting and interesting
experience.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

representations ..../ ee VAI NGI Sen confined .....->.... = yea

oriented .......})ioe nyee u nderstanding .. ~p....sek higher ..... aae

available er Naas recommend 2... LA cv ep eeeeee

BTUCETIG CU pele heer ose eliminate .. 4 uae bn4 Ee (oe

[NCO
210)MLApe rene eee ee LOT ee fOVEGOING ee

distributing LAL comments ..e.... referred an

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The dash is used to set off parenthetical expressions that require


more emphatic separation from the balance of the sentence than
can be indicated by commas.
2 The colon is used after the following and as follows when these
words introduce listed items.
8 Extracts such as this are frequently typed in single spacing in a
shorter line length than that used for the remainder of the letter.
This method gives added emphasis to the item.
298 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

GENERAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS


ASSOCIATION

TO: Mr. Rid. Pitzpatrick) DATE? Octotera Gyai12s.


President
FROM:T. L. Samuels
General Manager
RE: Silicon Electrical Steel

ae QC a Zs
Se =
a )
ae

oyhe den cweceencenc ce Mensreevuscessursccnsec-t>


UNIT 57 299

Pie eee a G EMA. oe sof Se eee T. L. Samuels, General

Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

oriented = eee Eaters. rolled .....44....4......... suppliers ...S_.... Nene


EXCINPUlOM . oes:

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
FROST ELECTRIC LIMITED

LO: Mr. W. F. Fisher DATE: October 18), 195


Purchasing Agent
FROM: OD. W. Simpson
Consulting Engineer

Morn ae es PN Gea
300 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

care gees ORS eS Nee


Re. gf a ha Damn fn ae

ford. cvenceee Qin nee )esas ira Anse :


sora aree ase Dae eae ers -3-

pe f- ue vee the D. W. S., Consulting Engineer


Enc.
Unit 58
ae THEORY RECALL

A small hook at the end of a straight stroke written on the opposite


side to the S-circle adds N. The N-hook is also used with the halving
and doubling principle and in the middle of the word when a balanced
outline results.

foreigner .~».... question.......... filed a. modern ......... meen ee

ECONOMIA
.= 7,4 STATICALGS).. ents 4Fen ye maintenance duo...

tendency... 1 oe BCEIAENT 20/06. aha va heabundant «2s cet

apparent Weis CULTENCY:..50) au) ae. render ci ee

extended ......ipee encounter . Ee ea enGer ae Ay handel

OCCUPANCY ..2...¥a.frequency ....... neegoed

Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


as we are ine bella ae as we know dice Meese daa tes

Aare Oatley as here So ks le as we understand ............... Be re

AS MWVEXCAMINOL, oducts tends dae as we have suggested .......... yrials Aaa


302 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

It is not unusual for a secretary to have to type a manuscript for an


annual report, an article, or a synopsis of a speech. The secretary
must therefore know how to type this material, which may be dictated
or given to her as a “‘rough draft,” in manuscript form.
All manuscript material should be typed on good-quality bond
paper, 84in. x 11 in., and at least one carbon copy should be made.
The top margin of the first page when it contains a title should
be two inches and the title should be centred and typed in all
capital letters. Three spaces should be left between the title or sub-
title and the body of the manuscript.
The margin at the top of the second and subsequent pages should
be one inch above the page number and one and one-half inches
above the text. If the material is to be bound, the left margin
should be one and one-half inches; and the right margin, one inch.
If the material is not to be bound, these margins will be one and
one-quarter inches. The bottom margin may be one inch to one and
one-half inches.
If the manuscript is to be bound at the top, an extra half inch is
allowed for binding.
The manuscript should be double spaced except the footnotes,
quotations of three lines or more, tabulations, and special listings.
Paragraphs are indented five spaces. A centred subheading is
preceded by three lines and followed by one blank line; a side
heading on a separate line is preceded by two blank lines and
followed by one blank line.

IV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Sac aU 2AEN ea determine peo SS


whether <“... supplier.
ee discrepancies |... quantity See
1

AY
UNIT 58 303

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

+ The comma is used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.


2 When eétc. closes a series, a comma is used before and after the
abbreviation.

MAPLE LEAF ELECTRIC LIMITED


TO: Mr. James McGregor DATE: Aprile d.mloee
Consulting Engineer
SUBJECT: ORDERING OF MAGNET WIRE
ORDER NO.:

TERROR
ee ce pan J. M. Anthony, General Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

RemOr ted AWeh WN, compares ee ee hee


' DICeredinieet er. .k2 calenlatedisa 2. ge 5 ? suppliers oy Hast
304 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

transformer anticipated st shen “A aoe melt cat

insilateds 2e flop cn(y--, LESULALOTS cy BE ZL... averaged is Rear

operating ere margin ..... als f: ee. an 5A ade \eeet.atte 5

tolerance Be Re Yee Gonsuil (ino) ai esecs iaee ee se


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses or phrases.


2 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.
3. The colon is used to introduce listed items if the words the
following or as follows are omitted but implied.
4 The comma is used after short introductory words when it
appears natural to pause.
5 When two numbers form one item spell out the shorter word and
express the other number in figures.
6 ‘The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
7 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
MAPLE LEAF ELECTRIC LIMITED
TO Mr. J. M. Anthony DATE <2. Wise nel Oe
SUBJECT: ORDERING OF MAGNET WIRE
ORDER NO.:
UNIT 58 305

eee rises | Sancta We Toca cl eo


{Cal 2a a ema Bey ees Nee meee eo Be Biri re ens oe nk AS ko

a oe DA ae Aone eo
Palen ss Fee ie 3 Aen Oe 8, se ee eee
seats ihn nr Se ea ae
306 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

IEG A
ey
re ee ee
a Ku... James McGregor, Consulting
Engineer
Attachment
Unit 59
Ae THEORY RECALL

When a final circle or loop occurs after N-hook at the end of a


straight stroke, it is written on the same side of the stroke as the
N-hook to include the sound of N.

instance ..... ene SEfisspcs nem explains ....S.... substance = a ‘yoF

experience. \. \\Z entrance Bon ilen against ...........

N-hook is not used finally if a vowel follows the sound of N.

journey ..... ae attorney ple ar rainy ....Z........... piano Migs

fclomyye ae colopyei a.

SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

as we explained Rhee a Rane as we found ............ Odes ce CA

ASI WerhDOWrtiel eS 2610)


ch cate as We promiseds 2.0 ec.ee

as we think there is .........., (:


ar ee ASaVE LAC NOte eeoh eae
308 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

All pages of a manuscript should be numbered consecutively in


arabic numerals. The first page is not numbered if it contains the
title. Other pages may be numbered in the upper right-hand corner
or at the right margin on either the fourth line or the seventh line
from the top. An acceptable variation is to place the number in the
centre of the page one-half inch or one inch from the bottom. This
method is essential if the manuscript is bound at the top. The word
page may precede the number. It is customary to triple space after
typing the page number.
A very important part of manuscript typing is the proper planning
of footnotes. The correct placing of these footnotes is more easily
determined if pencil marks are placed in the left margin every
inch for the last three inches from the bottom left edge of the page.
This will let the typist know that when the first mark is reached there
are eighteen lines left. Since there is a bottom margin of one inch,
there will be twelve lines left on which to type. This planning is
necessary as all footnotes must appear on the same page as the nota-
tions to which they refer.
When setting up footnotes, the following points should be observed:

(1) Type a line two inches long one line below the last line of the
text starting at the left margin. Follow this by a double space.
(2) Footnotes are single spaced, but a double space is left between
them.
(3) Footnotes are numbered consecutively with raised figures.
If the typewriter has vertical half spacing, use this to place the
raised figure. If not, turn the cylinder back slightly and type
the number.
This number corresponds to the number following the nota-
tion to which it refers in the text. There is one space between the
raised number in the footnote and the first word of the footnote.
In the text proper, no such space appears between the text and
the raised figure.
UNIT 59 309

IV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

This is an office memo. Note the style of memo used by this firm.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

“2

qualified oe WS
oy: . worth-while a roe editorial ...... Lo

EO: Ralph Henderson DATE: August 6, 19..


FROM: Harold Derocher

See oe: eet Se teri F755 1d


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

suggestion ...K<ved ies ftaes 1 hs for your consideration ..... “Sei,

tentative he partial Va indicate ——. please let me know Lyme

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


2 The colon is used after the word following when it introduces
listed items.
310 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Fraser Publishing Company


51 York Street
Toronto 3, Ontario

weN Re ciec: Frank Windsor


Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

lew days ago A... Vidaseneee ax ple. unfortunately


a

arrived Boe ae Derocher ...... 12....... coincidence Looe


s

atthesame time 8 acquired ............ ee Sentiticssae ae ey i


UNIT 59 311

intimate Snell wears liaison ........ ‘ Peas LP concentrated Se sh ar

activities 2... |
Wee tas elementary ..4<...... intermediate ane ee
secondatyin a7... Benoit Soe cS specialized ..\9... Ae
a Vv
: ° —<— .
vocational UN... .. commercial-ly 7... professional ........ MC a.

activelye. ae, |
pete accountancy Sitesi AUCIINS ee

administration .t-.... corporate 22... under the circumstances ea

urgency ..... A. eae elaboration .\Z...... holders ..... ae rte se


negotiations —.e7.. manuscript should be glad to hear ey

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The commas are used to set off words in apposition.


The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.
DD
m© A semicolon is used to separate the subordinate clauses in a
compound sentence when either or both of the clauses contain
internal punctuation, such as a comma.
5 Within a business letter titles of books may be set off with quota-
tion marks, underscored, or written in all capitals.

Mr. Frank Windsor


576 South Drive
Town of Mount Royal, Quebec
312 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

eee i Ne nr
Ae So Ns es Cas
me Pe rata a HRD Noles leant a ee
EAs
I ee SO IRR MEMO RS UR CET
eek ee seen
20 eee a ae
Sena tte ae us nd Gocncdh
BOG, DENOTE PUBLISHING
COMPANY, Ralph Henderson
Unit 60
LE THEORY RECALL

A small hook written at the end of a curved stroke adds N. Circle-S is


added by writing the circle inside the N hook.

detriment -.....2 h..


ates concerning ......\W.......

When a word ends with the light sound NS after a curve the
stroke N and circle-S are used.
. Wen 2D.

finance ....... ae hedat: SCICHEC ol cee ees announce. (35) Gea

POUOCANCE: omen wp ZO SCLN ANC cll acu ty ANOW ANCE ees Meee

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

as well as o as well as possible 56


.2.,........ as will be seen 6
Nw

BS SOON! Asli hi). as soon as possible .........°...... @s'sOoi as itis telbea


314 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

textbook .\_e...... manuscript —*- guidance d_.. editorial...

men and women .->..... university ..4.... graduates ut eek eS . ce

Ue EPUOIN en ee ON oe agent poten os instrumental ....f.........iueh

EXPENSIVE... ie Shee unwieldy .


A. Somewhat 28.60 eee

usable ...AK... govern-ed (ES er preparine = oe

consonance .....¢!-+_2....... procedures ...p..... adoption

dependent ......... eewee’ educational Es toa large extent

certain requirements .......0%........ dictated ..... LeDae bsnee Pa Ls ee

allotted ..... aoe ee ae acceptanceaaesi. modification nae: “SS Ae

Tejecuon a... lus Rete, potentialities ..»......... estimated a

ENS Cyc \oy eae. amortise —~h i project-ed oS: Pavel ins24

speculative ...\...Ure consequent “¢....... competitive .........: 4Pets Sy

available ...... zCLE SIZE cw dei tail contribution BO

divorced .........: Poe appearance ee Pe eS hat utility “fo

preliminary ....\C....... ACh ae fuming. 4¢eul2e!


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
8 The comma is used after short introductory expressions when it
seems natural to pause.
4 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
5 Brackets are used to indicate an insertion in a quoted extract.
6 The dash is used to set off a parenthetic expression that requires
UNIT 60 29)

more separation from the balance of the sentence than can be


shown by the use of the comma.
7 Parentheses are used to enclose explanatory matter that is
independent of the main thought of the sentence.
8 Amortise is to provide for gradual extinction of a future obligation
in advance of maturity especially by contributions to a sinking
fund adequate to discharge a debt or make a replacement when
necessary.
9 Single quotation marks are used here to draw attention to the
unusual use of these words in this situation.
THE BIRTH OF A TEXTBOOK
316 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
UNIT 60

eH Te Te ee
a ee ee ae Bie, ee
318 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Reproduced by permission from “The Bulletin,’ Ontario Secondary School


Teachers’ Federation, Toronto, Vol. 44, No. 6.
Unit 61
Pt THEORY RECALL

A small hook at the end ofa straight stroke written on the same side
as the S-circle adds F or V. This hook may be used with the halving
and doubling principle and in the middle of an outline if a balanced
form results.

refer ye Re tentative fae alternative hy se

dividends ......... fert we deferred AC privately ..... Ne maces

drafted ......<. V ere tes _ constructive okeyaie creative seo eee

BerAsttas Meee te wo as much as possible ........... Lefa ene

as it is not yet........ ee one as much as can be..........: fy


Pea ad eee
320 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are your dictation materials ready and organized for immediate


use?
Have you dated your notebook?
Have you identified your notebook with your own name and the
dictator’s name?

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Beeymolds Gy 2 a
editor ......... Lorene Jjaspera. Le hi ee

Edmonton ...... lL ieee ALLICIO Ec. aetna which appeared..... 1Sin


ws :
CCCUITCO see cea nianuscript= 7 aN Syste <

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off words, phrases, or clauses that
identify or explain other terms. When a comma and a closing
quotation mark fall at the same point in a sentence, the comma is
always placed inside the closing punctuation mark.
2 Titles of books, booklets, and pamphlets occurring within a
letter may be enclosed in quotation marks, underscored without
quotation marks, or written in full capitals without quotation
marks.
8 The commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions,
4 The dash is used to indicate a break or an afterthought. Remember
the dash is made by typing two hyphens with no space before,
between, or after.
5 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
UNIT 61 321

Mr. J. A. Reynolds, Editor


GENERAL REVIEW
72 Jasper Avenue
Edmonton, Alberta

ROE Oe as. 2 SAVAGE ROL Tn ie , A. R. Robinson

Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

we would be .«“N. issued .......... ddsEaitensneteie implies! 7eee

prefer. \% ce MON-CCCNMICal ae
eae 1.20,ae ADSOLULC 2 a cs eee

minimum ONE incorporate Poca apie

‘ee oe complimentary 2 ie offprints oh ae

deductible ..... < fut SCCTCLATY aie Gi ae these arrangements yo

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The commas are used to set off non-restrictive (non-essential)
clauses.
322 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

3 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


4 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, or
clauses.

Mr. A. R. Robinson
123 Main Street
Winnipeg, Manitoba

ee ees Se ee J. A. Reynolds, Editor


UNIT 61 323

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

forthcoming \_/C_... as soon as possible hae: Editorass. L.Sete


your attention ee incorporation =~ \)... peace a ors oe

Reynolds ne ee WCMtIOnCd ee as complimentary Ne?

offprints Zee deductible ..... i Foie ates honorarium ee.


printed .... Ney Sera instructions .....b9.......... biographical

contributors se)

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used after an introductory clause.

Mr. A. R. Robinson
123 Main Street
Winnipeg, Manitoba

pe mses ay bane! (enn ase teed ose Oe DR Ros ad saat aes Seale dosceadea gs wax Gaus eaaeuneatenes

ee a Ne
324 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

CONSoraienee Cl rane. Beis co fa oe


Bde bet Bel See gv Sets Sede

sae ees a \ribet: aay Ligh 3


CEA it Okene
Citta. nn eae
halAs Marion Wilson

Encs.
Unit 62
oy

as THEORY RECALL

The S-circle is added to the F/V hook by writing it inside the hook.
The F/V hook is not used when a vowel follows F or V.

reserves as eke graphs ..... <u. achieves _ eee coflee ae ser

HCAVYaeee Ses deen

HL SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

as soon as we Can ....... Cae Bat as soon as convenient ..... ee eel


OLN
as soon as we have ...............00.< as soon as they were .........\<........
Onn
as soon as we know .........-.-eccccceee- aS a result’...28 fs a ae

mH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you dating each new day’s dictation in longhand at the bottom
line of the page?
Are you using a rubber band to separate each day’s dictation—
the used pages from the unused ones?
326 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Are you starting each new day’s dictation on a fresh page?


Are you leaving a few blank lines at the beginning of each letter
for special instructions?

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER i

United 22s se Church... }Bie Observer 2a ee


publication ee Belgian Nd fee portraits ....... ~~ iii cgetlee.

Calviniues at. Sar eter: surtaxs ¢lus =) erect aes ga ane

Presbyterian ....¢/4....... Protestant ....u....... Marnix ...... cae ae

Pereldtcds oe rae Tardnenees


=
ive Flemish sey Saat
EK

ASSOCIAtCUIEE se ee firebrand Dy illustrate ye

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
3 The comma is used to set off words in apposition.
4 The comma is used after an introductory clause.

Dr. R. L. Armstrong, Editor


United Church Observer
85 St. Clair Avenue East
Toronto 7, Ontario
UNIT 62 327

A fem yar Bin ses HEY ree a

fer 4) Kae ‘aMe er, ee. \ bee Oe eg es Ve V]© Beret ire

= Noheond at > i ae eee a ee aS


NE had ie a eee st ee Cas
eee = Kn =
eee
io.
a lea

ae eG Reine Need On alee


bese oD eae eee ae SW Kenan ug.... Louise Royce
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

I am unable to definite ...... commitment .... iene. |re ee

acceptance, Joven speculation. .....\......... Nano


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


Miss Louise Royce
Box 72
Swift Current, Saskatchewan
328 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

approximately Se Calvinists ee Cards) ee


speculation ........ Soulebe ae Aa ee delighted ....V/1..... privilecé ee

editorializing _ |“Weare
ear dine
ae timeliness .—~........ .
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used after an introductory clause.
Mr. T. L. Kenney, Managing Editor
United Church Observer
85 St. Clair Avenue East
Toronto 7, Ontario
Unit 63
BM otueory recat
SHUN or ZHUN, spelled in various ways, is expressed by a large
final hook. It is written inside curves.

Uivistonies- eer tka: donation. ....... ee attention 30. ee

definition .......... |-2...... estimation ......-...... depreciation ....... Loo ae

confirmation aes concession. ....... ’eee vision ....... hates sar

Version .....:. ch ee elimination ..4~_2.... cancellation ...... al ae

violation. ...... ie ieee intentional ...........4..... legislation ......... (ae

remuneration .\—~.2. supervision .....: aA na resolution ....... va a See A

A SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

alter. a time....0\....!.0..0..-.: alter Deis aie after that........ Newet

after which S Ee alter they... ie Ee ease after we have


(
HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Have you chosen a method for turning a page quickly?


330 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Are you using your chosen method for turning a page quickly
consistently?
Are you aiming to have that “‘cushion” of speed available when
the peak loads come?

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

recommended ERENT et oie eh highly ne oe Weller .&....)


a

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off words in apposition.


2
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Mr. G. W. Bigger
National Securities Limited
12 Decarie Boulevard
Montreal, Quebec

Mary Dore
UNIT 63 331

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

current .2..__”. /\ informal

Femtlanly 7 fe... Vasa t compliments cae Nees ry

securities a/be Jl. Veurden Se Research

Portfolio \a__Zconfidential Sine hes feportn Wan Ne


Z

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after short introductory words when it


appears natural to pause.
The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.
3
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Miss Mary Dore
123 St. James Street
Montreal, Quebec
"a dE a aacie tears rea
Nene ei 2

SECURITIES LIMITED, G. W. Bigger


Enc.
Unit 64
LAs THEORY RECALL

When attached to straight strokes SHUN-hook is written:


(a) On the side opposite an initial circle or hook.
consideration ..... 1;pee creation ........ ESE Le! Staton ee (et ee

tradition ........ |Bench: :.... completion ....\........ distribution


)

(b) On the side opposite the last vowel if there is no initial circle
or hook.
Eduigation |p Se. tanm operation ...... Re Se. occupation ..... ae

MICHON Glee fo.ied ae mi POLUOM eee eee Occasional: ect

Me@ncuons:.;A.cl oescsn directions ...... {Eeeee expiration ......\Z.......

reconstruction food vee preparation Sey see

(Continued in Unit 65)

| SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


UNIT 64 333

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you building a broader vocabulary?


Are you developing the ability to write unfamiliar words quickly
according to the sounds you hear? If you hear the word correctly
and write the sounds you hear accurately, you will be able to read
the word when you are ready to transcribe.
Are you using your “vocabulary-building notebook”’?

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

This series of letters is the correspondence between a Canadian


bank, its branch in a foreign country, and another bank in Norway.
Many of these letters are translations and are, therefore, somewhat
stilted in style and expression. Since many secretaries must deal
with this type of correspondence, the material has been reproduced
in its original form.
This ts an English translation of the original letter written in Norwegian.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

GELAUlOUsieNACre Vc Vi va 8 correspondent
08 haat. es
COLLESPONCENL .,gcpticerss Sessa at eee

arrangement etaad ee we would be pleased 2/7... volume ee nee

“LNT aa OE Lee lene directly mais ee cee tte ae a Rec

ISSUING «Joong enn foorrrerrrten transfers ....: - ee London .....A_<.....


authorized pee ae Ce tues, signatures a... telegraphic PAE’

ordinary

favourable _\ So ns ACCOLGed neers ee OS ee


PUNCTUATION ‘AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
334 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

General Bank
Oslo
Norway
UNIT 64 335

VANCOUVER PACIFIC BANK, John Collins


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2
itilizing eeaos Waves ff Operations Ne consent ..fa-...../5:

designating ¢--~—.... 4...d—2 reimbursements Kees Aer ok


mutually .......<....... maintain issnale herctoee Ne nen:

necessary arrangements .»Q7)..... authentication 2.0.00occeccssccssssessuee

institutions OR rae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.
3 The comma is used to set off an introductory participial phrase.
Vancouver Pacific Bank
Vancouver
Canada
336 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

SENN ee ee a Nee eas ~p..2 <y Ui ina ee ge


by eee Pie ak GENERAL BANK OF NORWAY, Frank

Werner
Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

prompt attention .\—-.. telegraphic heats

tom i, Foreign Exchange Devs ment =e relationship He.

institutions ._.. seers


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


General Bank of Norway
Oslo
Norway

eS Sola care ee
UNIT 64 337

Ss

pret ee a Cre

kee ae (EO tree 1 E ~ Be eee ae Be Oo Pee Nei

ee aes ee Neem , WANCOUVER BANK, John Collins


Winit 65
A THEORY RECALL

SHUN-hook to straight strokes (Continued from Unit 64).


(c) When attached to straight strokes SHUN-hook is written on
the right side of simple T, D, or J.

condition 2. [2 .. 1x petition ........ * SS ee addition .......... Lane


accommodation rede eo? quotation ........ ieee expectation ey “
J
transportation yeas consolidation mae ae

(d) After fk, vk, vg, /k, and lg SHUN-hook is written away from
the curved stroke.

Selection: .. A eoccene: location ee oe noufication™.. sees

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


eee
all manner all over the country a,

AMeimatleKs: tis ok..2 bees ee all the world


UNIT 65 339

tT DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you using the pauses in dictation to edit your notes—check


spelling, insert punctuation, or correct faulty outlines?
After pauses or interruptions always remember to read back the
last sentence that has been dictated.

AV| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

past due a eat remarks ~~... column SFZz as we have no Saas

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.

CANADIAN RESERVE BANK


FROM: Office of General Manager
TO: VYoreviule: Sranch GOA LE. SAprile 7s arora.
CUSTOMER: Brown’s Variety SUBJECT: Loans

es pee ot be Ne ea
oa penne Gleeeece? paca poner ae es}
Seared Re AR wesees Qa OSss lascncosengeeecateaetieaees

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

secured su.) ae ae \.. assignment d....Js.... Confederation Sp


surrendered Wye solicitor ..£0....6.1....... estate ....... )
POO oer

HN OTCEM tO ark ent expedite... i. are apparently es we


340 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Succession ........ pee va we succeed ...l...... “ae e


<a

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

Note: P.D.B. means Past-Due Bills


O.D.A. means Overdue Account

CANADIAN RESERVE BANK


FROM: Yorkville Branch
TO: Office of General DATE: April 10, 19..
Manager
CUSTOMER: Brown’s Variety SUBJECT: Loans

ese Ge Moto le a) ea ae
ie ee eat ew Re eNO
sl
ohn mewe bo are ee. ERED. aa wae een er Qa Nees

eee aa Pane John Brett, Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

repayment ......0 Nereis some time ago ax<>—..


UNIT 65 341

CANADIAN RESERVE BANK


FROM: Office of General Manager
TO: Yorkville Branch DATE: August 9, 19..
CUSTOMER: Brown’s Variety SUBJECT: Loans

eae bE fa dels are hee ere me


a

Were & bt te ee ee
sa
Unit 66
LE THEORY RECALL

When SHUN follows S or NS-circle, it is expressed by a small


hook written on the side opposite the circle.

taxation Ne here proposition aN Brrr tes 2>: requisition. 2 a:

physician |W... compensation ......... de transition 27.3 aee

Endings such as -wation or -uition are expressed by the stroke SH


and the N-hook.

situation oier intuition = Dog evacuation Sree tuition =)aes

S is added to SHUN by writing the circle inside the hook.

nations .»_2... discussions Jee propositions. \,.corporations

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

ANOLE POUL." ce) hou eed anotherimes: exc eee

another subject for anothen acess ee


ere SS Se : =
anothemopinione 2 :in,, ee in: another sense... se eee
UNIT 66 343

0 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Always be sure that everything is understood and clarified before


starting to transcribe your notes. Do not annoy the dictator by
having to return for clarification or by having to re-type a letter that
does not satisfy him because it does not make sense.
Learn to understand your dictator—his habits and his prefer-
ences in dictating.

iV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

eFa
a

earlier YO.)

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 In business letters, titles of magazines are only capitalized.


2 The comma is used to set off parenthetical expressions.

Miss Mary McKenzie


The Northman Magazine
Edmonton, Alberta
344 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

sea Se a ee PROVINCIAL
MUSEUM OF MANITOBA, Jackson Booth, Curator, Depart-
ment of Ethnology

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

disappointment as aad Ep aR ea: appointment peti.

Curator Ethnology ...... bynx Cop. delighted eee /


activities dd eed Sues photographs ...... Soa aes

au strate ofall ofaee (fj CAMOCIIS ee

supplemented Leeder Ne ies publisher TN ss NS atx

welcome ../—..... Priendly ets yyclcn. Montagnais eee,

Ungava oN . Peninsula Ss

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.


2 When a parenthetic expression requires more emphatic separa-
tion from the rest of the sentence than a comma would indicate,
the dashes are used.
3 In letters, titles of books, booklets, long poems, and pamphlets
may be enclosed in quotation marks, underscored without
quotation marks, or typed in all capitals without quotation marks.
UNIT 66 345

Dr. Jackson Booth, Curator


Department of Ethnology
Provincial Museum of Manitoba
100 Wellington Drive
Winnipeg, Manitoba
PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Lu..Gx.... 8f,. THE NORTHMAN MAGAZINE, Mary McKenzie,


Editor

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

exceedingly ER teers or tos enterprise

Friendly 3. Montetn Zs
Ungava ~~... Peninsula Ne
z>

sometime on. attempt 0... Rupert Aye

Miss Mary McKenzie


The Northman Magazine
Edmonton, Alberta

PROVINCIAL MUSEUM OF MANITOBA, Jackson Booth,


Curator, Department of Ethnology
Unit 67
A THEORY RECALL

In order to obtain a shorter outline a consonant is omitted when it is


lightly sounded.
P is omitted when lightly sounded between M and T or between
M and SH.

prompt at presumption ..... s=......... redemption ..... lc...

tempting ........ fae contempt «a... Eee assumption. ....... bsne


\ o~
Gs a ne symptom ......... Ce eee stamped, A eae oe

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

any more... ae okts any Otnene «7. il Aen in other, words 40


ete
anything else mere anywhere else... AD YONG) mus ser
wie ees

TT DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Do you know how to handle changes in dictation?


Are you encircling individual words, sentences, or phrases which
are to be deleted?
348 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Can you handle changes and substitutions of new words?


Do you remember the printer’s sign for showing a transposition?
Can you handle the addition of long insertions after the sentence
or paragraph is completed?
For a review of these points, see Unit 10.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

SOmMIUC arse Ass. morethanls 22s) delighted =.) 7a

ethnographic (<7 _.. Com field . Kaen it is certainly _... ir A ya

Couture’s ..... an see Delanglez .... VO... Archives a: eet ae


Zs

document . LL. CY photostatic ..\....... SWONINwae A Slee


testimony ...... ae manuscript of this matter... (ae or
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.

Miss Mary McKenzie


The Northman Magazine
Edmonton, Alberta
UNIT 67

ae
‘faPee ie es es Boi AY Eid
‘ ;

ee ce ee? RON rs etna ate


a eepa om Gatrrcpeni ceioc 0 oowe: Sp aerate
ae neee So ee PROVINCIA
MUSEUM OF MANITOBA, Jackson Booth, Curator, Depart-
ment of Ethnology

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

if there Noe eg please let me know ..Semus im fact cca

ritual ...,42......... possessed ....... yoy cm alas

Miss Mary McKenzie


The Northman Magazine
Edmonton, Alberta
ee ele Ne Ce
ee wea ae aed Be Nees t ih ee a

| ee A ie
Be ees nl ae
PROVINCIAL MUSEUM OF MANITOBA, Jackson Booth,
Curator, Department of Ethnology
Encs,
Unit 68
ae THEORY RECALL

K and G may be omitted when lightly sounded.

ATEXIO
UlS Seri reee TAS CHG tpt ee een eee eee SANnCHON@ ete

before there (their) ...... = re. betoresitis: wee SS RE...

HOD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

It is wise to take down addresses of correspondents in longhand if the


complete address is dictated.
Remember to plan a method of identifying in your notes to whom
UNIT 68 351

the letter is to be addressed. Some secretaries use a numbering


system; others prefer to place the surname or initials of the addressee
in their notes.

HV| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Willmaker . ire cstaten eee. )PEGA hy ene executor “ae...

formerly eeaoee ae Boulevard ........ Wee deceaseds 8 7 aeOSE

uncredited Sele accrued ear Sh et thereChwe See

ithe event of the _=- Ss... of your teply 2)...


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used after the following and as follows when these
expressions introduce listed items.
2 When a parenthetical expression requires more emphatic
separation from the rest of the sentence than the comma or
dash would indicate, parentheses are used.
8 The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.

Winters and Sharp Company Limited


Investment Dealers
2 Finance Street
Toronto 1, Ontario
352 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
UNIT 68 353

eae: eds
Tes f
eat
: |
S =
Nie
2

_SEAR
EEEE2 eaten
el ona) ren ,.. CHARTERED
a
Zz
coat me

TRUST COMPANY, Melville Hill, Trust Administrator

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

in connection with the "—_,... certificates ..oA.,... Coverage ..... 5


S Lone

succession ......... ieee ee Kath forward ae gts


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 A compound adjective modifying a single noun is hyphenated.


2 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
3 Com stands for Common.
4 NPY stands for no par value.
Chartered Trust Company
20 Busy Street
Toronto 1, Ontario
S04 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

WINTERS AND SHARP COMPANY LIMITED, John Dobson


Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Manager, Canadian National Bank


1 Finance Street
Toronto 1, Ontario
UNIT 68

ne Wace gl Soa ee
er Lia ee oye ead eee pel as at Lene
_ ene SI LaterRe tee are Meera
Sy
Lee Lee see ere crete ae rece Ld: ara

Rees: Benn an gent Lb Mao Sar


Beer asoe
Ae eh Pacers Mean ec)
ees se Chel Cee
Re NL. |
Bae fee ee Diese Zc eae
_ eee RR cere er eae cena
Je IANO NO SUMS ch in ORO end El
356 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

R--~€@. ---- oe see seeseeeseeeee

SC ere Calc CHARTERED TRUST


COMPANY, Melville Hill, Trust Administrator
Unit 69
Pa THEORY RECALL

T may sometimes be omitted when lightly sounded after S.

UISLLY onto, | ie aes DOStAal mow Nene domestic ........ eee

mistaken ......<2==......... testimony ...d——..... postpone ........ SeeSol. Bee :

institute ..-8.....>;f....... optimistic CP... substitute... \pFok ‘ sia


trustworthy Pease ee manifestly mostly chee Ae

| SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

best of our ability ......... aresNee bestiterms 2.2. Se Pan ey Je

best of my ability........... oR 2 eae beste Waye ae cr: Dts aera


hat)

Dest possible 2jax yeos-. — Piya ee mie) best wishes ............ 4 = ye

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Check your office equipment. The right kind of equipment, kept


in good condition, will help you to produce good work.
358 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Is your desk the correct height ?


Is your chair comfortable?
Are you cleaning your typewriter daily?
Are you moving the carriage to the extreme left or right before
erasing ?
Are you covering your machine when it is not in use?

WV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

conversion mW: ee ‘a se easecoee assistance ae


Wee taee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Note the position of the subject line. It has one blank line before
it and one after it.
2 The hyphen is used with an adjective composed of two or more
words used before the noun.
3 The comma is used after a short introductory phrase if it appears
natural to pause.
4 The colon is used after as follows when it introduces listed items.
® The commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.
6 ‘The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.

Securities Corporation Limited


207 Sherbrooke Street
Montreal, Quebec
UNIT 69 399

ae a eas tee A mo
a a ehinnloree c DOANE Facets Qn

ee ‘0.22 LAD... .., TORONTO STOCK EX.


CHANGE, Rodger Harlow, Executive Assistant
Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2


360 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


* The comma is used after an introductory clause or phrase.
3 The comma is used to separate the parts of addresses, dates, and
geographical names.

Note that the time of day is spelled out when the word o'clock
or any other informal style is used.

Toronto Stock Exchange


234 Bay Street
Toronto, Ontario

CORPORATION, W. C. Miller

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

secretary ..... Be ie contemplated px aS conversation

pertaining ...\= ae
UNIT 69 361

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off words in apposition.


2 ‘The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Angus Corporation
1291 St. Laurent Boulevard
Montreal, Quebec

i ee GeS fee ez aie eT

Rodger Harlow, Executive Assistant


iit /0

ae THEORY RECALL

1. hesitated, credited, expedited, constituted, illustrated, facilitated.


2. operate, operated, operating, operation, operator, operative.
3. direct, directed, directing, direction, director, Board of Directors.
4. creditors, operators, dictators, investigators, typewriter, educators.

SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

side by side ......... 5 el oat year by year

by considering ...... pea by every aie nvae


UNIT 70 363

TH} articte
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

modern 2... corporation LES Sa oe thousands oof eran

nundreds sb e. behind ......... Lg ne eoaten underlying Roe

activities fod, ~ ordinarily ....=7-..... ee capital one ees

businessman one Partners lee shareholders <fc

proportion-ed .....\........ agetelie Se cami Bs part of ...... oe

prosper ee operating ........ Wore Besa earnings see


Q-

some of these te oe mm ordert0.c0.. distributed Se

dividends ....... r
Feet investors a ae anxious Nl

warns 3 ones Pg bankrupt eS A es worthless ...2C......

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.


2 The comma is used after a short introductory phrase if it appears
natural to pause.
3 The comma is used to set off an introductory clause or phrase.
4 The commas are used to set off parenthetical words, phrases, or
clauses.
5 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

THROUGH THE WOODS


364 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

es ed a Oe ee
‘Naa ALR Ra heed Lace OS
UNIT 70 365

TANS NS aes |
NAN (ae oh Hy \
“ |" Hh If ) \\
\ Wy Wy) J \

= NAN) \

ty
n =
ait >
WY "hee ai
1
Rows : MAY
(lange fall
Lt THEORY RECALL

TL pea geen
a ee PR te eee
Dee) RE Na s. SiriansVet, Nee eae Soe eee eee
“hile (atree des ms es ER: cet a Pie ste eee :

Me i EE eee

KEY

1. instruments, instrument, instrumental, instruct, instruction,


instructor, instructive.
2. their own, your own, her own, our own, my own.
3. direct, directed, directing, direction, director, Board of Directors.
4, reference, refer, referred, referring, referee, referendum, referen-
tial.
5. technical, technicality, technique, technological, technology.
6. calling attention, prompt attention, best attention, early atten-
tion, necessary attention, earliest attention, little attention.
WNUEF 71 367

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

by your own. ........ aS Mae, ena by their own ............. S isan ee

by no means ....... = eter by those who are.......... BeRie eS:


by some other means ..* >... by which it is Gs petahs hee

DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

The secretary who has her work routine and equipment well organized
will produce more work, better work, and will be less fatigued than
the secretary who works in a state of confusion and disorder.
Are you developing good work habits?

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

confirm dee ys telephone deste conversation ae ae Nesae,

Concession 0ee Township .....|...... registered A AACA, 4,

aie Pr td ss possession eta Qondunee. not later than fe


‘ cs
GHENTS ets

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The comma is used after introductory clauses.
368 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Messrs. McKenzie, Scott and Evans


Barristers and Solicitors
80 King Street West
Charlottetown, P.E.I.

erg ak | , ey anes ee Nee


ea cnn
Shoe ea ae a
ee ea ee fee eh
bi cone Soames aPEG. COO Oe sca ae
Sab ects apes bcndd geen

5ao ae ae: Ul pete tO ees


UNIT 71 369

SN eee Rms arn Cea Ne <4


Sener ae Seen eal NN hin
ae.

WATTS AND WATTS, John Harrington

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

in accordance with

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory clause.


Messrs. Watts and Watts
Barristers & Solicitors
Charlottetown, P.E.I.

Dae Oh REE ane hen " SOEs ere erence > McKENZIE, SCOTT AND
EVANS, Walter Scott
Encs.
370 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3


Vv

apologize ONE RN Crea earlier -Y...).-..... approval 2. ee


Messrs. McKenzie, Scott and Evans
Barristers and Solicitors
80 King Street West
Charlottetown, P.E.I.

WATTS AND WATTS, John Harrington


Enc.
Wart 72
LE THEORY RECALL

KEY

1. personal, original, final, marginal, external, criminal.


2. prevent, preventing, prevented, prevention, preventive, prevent-
able.
3. credit department, sales department, service department,
engineering department, manufacturing department, advertising
department.
4, for your reply, immediate reply, prompt reply, in reply, we will
reply.
5. creditors, operators, dictators, investigators, typewriters, educa-
tors.
372 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

6. immediately arrange, we will arrange, we hope you will arrange,


they will arrange, you must arrange.

HU | SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

PCCAMSEINO tise
te tee, because it iS ............ mid BS chee

because he is now te AP ses because it will be............. liS aites ees


. CEI NS
because it cannot be...... a re because we have .00.0......c.ccccecsccscseeeeeeee

| DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you editing your shorthand notes carefully before you begin
to transcribe? Remember: a good secretary does not transcribe her
notes blindly. A good secretary concentrates as she transcribes and
is sure that what she transcribes makes sense. Your employer pays
you to think—not just to type!

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Ze

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses.


UNIT 72 373

Mr. Harold Webber


Webber and Webber
Solicitors
75 Sherbrooke Street
Montreal, Quebec

BE ae e SZ a <) San) lace

RS By aanOren sinner aoe

eRe Pe

peSie Ene Pete cnn SRE Bece concen ico iste

eet ,.FIELD REAL


ESTATE, W. T. Smith
Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

sincerely cen mnepeeigg fine APPLE


Ola tC epee te tae ats sere elon eee

recommending Pa Caefaves Wb sceaoe

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 (Commas are used to set off words used in apposition.


374 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. W. T. Smith
Field Real Estate
75 Bay Street
Montreal, Quebec

AND WEBBER, Harold Webber

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

ie erclephone 2 eile.

adjustment ..... 4 Ae: bhos perhaps — ste Sherbrooke Ce


oe

€XaMiINey a ee CONC ence S te


UNIT 72 375
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 When explanations are introduced by such expressions as that is,


for example, or namely, a semicolon is used before the expression
and a comma after it.
The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.

Mr. and Mrs. Harold Watson


22 Hill Street
Montreal, Quebec
376 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Oe SOO
Deans 28a NE eae palin legis ¢tek Ly eae ts 2 2,

es malt Wetec

WEBBER, Harold Webber


nit 7/3
a THEORY RECALL

KEY

1. benefit, benefiting, benefited, beneficence, beneficent, bene-


ficently.
2. unanimous-ly, union, universal-ly, uniform-ity-ly, unit, unity.
3. of course, of course it is only, of course it would be, of course
we understand, of course we would not.
4, afford, bored, card, fared, feared, insured, barred, disappeared.
5. owe, owed, owes, owing, owing to the fact, owing to the fact that.
6. working arrangement, necessary arrangements, certain arrange-
ments, make arrangements, satisfactory arrangements.
378 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

ean you Have 4.2.0 SS atte cannot expecta 2. 5 Ste Cake

cannot be considered ....... SySets cannot ciVe.22 3 ee

cannot be their (there) ..... S&S oie ecannotgo ee SS Aone eee

HD DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are your letters attractively placed on the page? Have you learned
to estimate the number of words you write in a line of shorthand?
By now, you should be setting up your letters by judgment rather
than by referring to a placement chart.
Remember: your letters may be the only contact between your
firm and its correspondents.
Their success depends on you!

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

herewith sy... deceased: surviving

husband ...«>... Executor __<%. _o +o... devisee ae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.


Department of National Health & Welfare
Old Age Security Division
25 St. Clair Avenue East
Toronto 7, Ontario

UES ah nn Nee ee ee ee
allan ?fi cae, WG te a ee
eee eee ai SEW feSaree ee nrnee rr eI en GH ocak etn ht iS Ac sia
UNIT 73 379
ioe teeA Alam Eee im NibnOba
07 ys \ \

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

solicitors ee sted Mutual EP ee investments Be ae


=

Howard ..../........ in order to ......... mortgages .............. ce PS EOE

signaturea_...... indicated =. we ees ee... Witness ...W=...

attend ier ie Je eels notary ae MED |


an

execution _-o-,, COCUMENnt 2... aS SOON AS DOSSIDIC.2 oe uc ere

leds. fae Siikiewsl ae lbsteneeaiava Palae Ale

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
380 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. R. S. Wilson
32 Oak Road
Cornwall, Ontario

4eee a RE as NOs eae em Ee nee enna Seas BUI Sie me oR

ew a Bae ETS ON (ee E>,

Peetee ye
fe rhs oteh Ny ee Earn oe ae Lens Ree

Peet Ss Sod ae _, BRAND, GRANT & WRIGHT,


R. M. Grant

Encs.
UNIT 73 381
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Ronald ae husband a eee ee acess po enaioe

dominion ee CSialeLe a. transfer eeao i

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off words in apposition.

Manager
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
Main Street Branch
Cornwall, Ontario

ee, ne: wef Lo te Bh


Ae a eee
hs ee
ee PaaS 5 a ie Re ees ae nee
een tte ee ie aan eeae ae Dre
MORRIS AND MORRIS, F. R. Morris
Encs.
Writ 74

¢
By tHeory RECALL

/ Z
.

KEY

1. special-ly, specialty, specialize, specializing, specialist, specializa-


tion.
2. in order to, in order to be, in order to be able to, in order to be
sure, in order to get.
. process, processes, processed, processing, excess, excesses, excise.
. import, importing, imported, importation, importer.
. credit, crediting, credited, creditor, accredit, accredited.
DM
OO
OP. your authority, personal authority, our authority, we have the
authority, of my authority, several authorities.
UNIT 74 383

LTE SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

could have......... =a Gan could you have ............ ma ee

could not have ...... sca Canna COULGSDC Meee BE os

could not be ......... aan Gan could have done ...........

HA DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are your erasing techniques adequate?


Are you correcting your errors before removing the paper from the
machine?
Are you using the proper type of eraser? For originals? For
carbons ?
Are you using an eraser shield?
Have you learned how to “‘crowd” and “spread”?
For a review of these points see Units 20 and 21.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

“pmisGee aes Probate a

Mr. A. D. Bennett, Q.C.


Barrister
71 Wilson Street
Vancouver, British Columbia

le a cee
eee TL, ee Re ph ee Ak ae
384 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

peal | ra Se
eae Le AEs Spence Bh pave cas 3 Lae by ieda

ete hee ee => cae ae iSS real Ne :a

ee oofXedos
hyaryCORRY AND TRACY, C. A. Corry
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

communication,_—2.~_= sa) with reference to the “Kp,

Affidavit = ae photostat ar sera


|
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


Mrs. Olive James _
25 South Drive
Burnaby, British Columbia

Bt) a ie ieee Soe eo ant oe ee


Reseeaerece) VIN PebaNEE os Be INS AHS ee ae

eo eee “cent fs a ene wees aes Bseecs a a Paces

CORRY AND TRACY, C. A. Corry


Enc.
UNIT 74 385

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

acknowledgement hed

Mr. A. D. Bennett, Q.C.


Barrister
71 Wilson Street
Burnaby, British Columbia

Bey. V2 SN ett?
Unit 75
ao THEORY RECALL

De es ol eee Ze ole e ee

ae a eeres SS igahionti Tae Re Ries Sch erred Via a cee cere ee

1. returning, burning, adjourning, turning, learning.


2. selection, location, vocation, vacation, modification, gratification.
3. experience, conference, assurance, interference, preference.
4, system, systematic, systematical, systematize, systematizing.
5. installation, install, installed, installing, installment.
6. atomic energy, atomic power, atomic power plant.

HI SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

do not know........... he Cee Somes we do not know ........ PA aan.


WNIT 75 387

domot understand ook hoes we do not wish ......... dpES pol here
to do something ...... wees eet: do not be me Nepete Mok Se)

Un DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you a good proofreader? Remember, proofreading is perhaps


the most essential aspect of transcribing. Proofreading means
reading for accuracy and thought content—not skimming over the
surface of the page.
Are you rechecking all figures, names, and addresses?
Are your spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and word divisions
correct?
Careful proofreading is one of the qualifications of a good secretary.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

eae ee Ae Pe system I—~..Ira....... adjacent ..... y ae

PUM CIPAlUes. sei eee in connection with .........


oe ee ° . . Ss

investigates Aan ka pes


Johnson and Hill
Consulting Engineers
179 St. Catherine Street
Montreal 3, Quebec
388 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

WORKS DEPARTMENT, R. L. Smyth, Commissioner of Water


Works
Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Se Ee ee, interpreted ——

;hn in this matter .... «6 :

directly Var

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
8 The comma is used after short introductory expressions where it
appears natural to pause.

Mr. R. L. Smyth
Commissioner of Water Works
City Hall
Montreal, Quebec
UNIT 75 389

atl are tl plat b


JOHNSON AND HILL, J. R. Martin
Unit 76
RE tHeory RECALL

KEY

1, security, secure, securing, secured, securely.


2. attractive, protective, cumulative, superlative, active, prohibitive.
3. approval, approve, approved, approving, approvingly, prove,
proved, proving.
4. rejected, reject, rejects, rejecting, rejection.
5. reconsider, reconsidering, reconsideration, reconstruct, recon-
struction, reconvene.
6. to our business, your business, their business, large business,
small business, new business, businessmen, business letters.
UNIT 76 391

An | SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

tora oreat extent 2.4 SPs considerable extent el Beet ereate. 1h

Wery great extent <a. YaPsiulan. to some extent pecs

eertain extent: 4% aed ee ee tovatless-extenti=- 28 WARE 0)

0 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you using double spacing in typing a three-line address on an


envelope?
Remember to spell out numbered street names from one to ten
and to use figures for names over ten.
Do not abbreviate the words street, avenue, road, or boulevard unless
lack of space on the envelope makes this essential.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

ductfree .........] Leee tien hoods sig nsneen Kitchen Business ey oe

devoted amre ,ee ,oe kybaad pounced


Ne
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Divisions of books—titles of parts, tables, lessons, sections—are


enclosed in quotation marks.
2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
Grangers Limited
Gibson & Wright Avenues
Brandon, Manitoba
392 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

es eid sige ae LAU PRODUCTS, LIMITED, R. C.

Andgood, New Products Sales Engineer


Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

4,

Mr. R. C. Andgood
Lau Products, Limited
150 Borden Avenue South
Fort William, Ontario

LIMITED, J. R. King, Vice-President, Product Development

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

a
UNIT 76 393

quantities __.... L ou multiplicity cay experience 7 \Z..0 AZ. AZ.

cartons ..... a at clroa minimum .<+->s.. processed Nel et = phe:

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive (non-essential) clauses.
3 When explanations are introduced by such expressions as that
is,for example, or namely, a semicolon is used before the expression
and a comma after it.
4 Note the use of quotation marks to express inches.
Grangers Limited
Gibson & Wright Avenues
Brandon, Manitoba
394 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Hae Leaves che SN lca SR eee


eee -~

N
“€ae! Yee one ae LAU PRODUCTS, LIMITED, R. C.

Andgood, New Products Sales Engineer


Encs.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 4

covering ..... Sa ae ; amending ie eee

installation 2. taa met instructions


_ ls. t-eee

reflect Eee Ness venthood .\s2 = notations ......... ald eee

emphatic

cupboards)....os:..... elements .....4a........

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


GRANGERS LIMITED
BRANDON, MANITOBA
LO: Fred Hogarth DATE: Oetober 507 19%
FROM: R. S. Cousins CG: V. Newton,
J. R. King

Bg AN a Ve ore |MO ois eee aa De coat Ne


UNIT 76 395
Wit 77
A rHeory RECALL

a a ae eS

KEY

1. in view of the fact, another fact, as a matter of fact, call attention


to the fact, notwithstanding the fact.
2. furnishing, furnish, furnished, furnishes, furniture, refurnish,
refurnishing.
. intended, intend, intending, intensive, intention.
09 . transactions, transaction, transact, transacting, transacted.
ds
5. sincerely, sincere, necessarily, necessary, unnecessarily, un-
necessary.
6. in our bank, national bank, savings bank, bank rate.
UNIT 77 397

HA SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

for consideration .... =F Nee for instance ......... =f APR BP RAI


\
for the most part ..... Deon forssaleii. ae x.Lixo iho seit cll ieee ae

for your part........... ae spies for some reason or other

an DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you making correct use of the attention line?


Are you placing it properly on the page?
Remember to follow an attention line with the salutation: Gentle-
men.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1


aMule 1. Be 5 hn COMMUNICATION 22 ee
preferred “\<.... WON... redeemed ..ew... outstanding pe eon

appropriate oe eas please let us have ¥ +)

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


Department of the Secretary of State
Ottawa
Ontario
398 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Brel tee) ae Ne tn

Pn ves pals hyn WELLINGTON COMPANY

LIMITED, W. M. Whitton, Secretary-Treasurer

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

according to the —”.. departmental We Paks preferred ‘\c.. ae

authorized capital es redemption .4-3./L. accomplished aiNe

cass ae f- IMpAirMent ae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
8 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive clauses or phrases.

Wellington Company Limited


150 Dorchester Avenue
Montreal 2, Quebec

ie Siler Siar. cw enous at gin


UNIT 77 399

Mer inet ale Arcs nl

DEPARTMENT OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE, Peter


Heeney, For Director, Companies and Corporations Branch
Encs.
Unit 78
ie THEORY RECALL

AES NO ye ae
eeNOG ae Se, EN or Oe ee

2M ote Dla es

KEY

1, fortunate, fortunately, unfortunate, unfortunately, fortune.


2. extending, extended, extend, extension, extensive, extensively.
3. announced, announce, announces, announcing, announcement.
4. persuade, persuading, persuaded, persuasive, persuasion.
5. legal, illegal, legality, illegality, legible, illegible, legibility,
illegibility.
6. bill of lading, education bill, enclosed bill.
UNIT 78 401
A SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

FOr CHETELIS oc 8Ss eed ad eat for your information ...... a Bee ohne ee

for his part Pieces - ee ees for the account Reta Divert se
for they were ........ er SfSioa for those who eee ere fe PP

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

What is the purpose of the subject line?


Where may it be placed in the letter?
How does modern business practice prefer to display it?

IV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER i

to send us ...... Nae

if there would be
Pee
ASOUUARIAD Bee
did cy Panamanian 2... SSS corporation |...

prompt attention »~ = to this inquiry ee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.

Canadian Commercial Bank


35 Adelaide Street West
Toronto 1, Ontario
402 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

ae s he geng eho Impey AMERICAN


CORPORATION, F. C. Brookes, Treasurer

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

upwards S00... maturity ...... a ee ae normally Seat

PTC
EN ALC He seee taa .. from time to time .S\ac=e....
Ae |
Me tied eho, dependent .....l......... deductions (| 5.. eles

expiry... SZ... exe BA Se erences non-negotiable <= <4.

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when


either or both of the clauses contain internal punctuation.
The comma is used after an introductory clause.
3 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
Note the uses of figures and per cent signs in this type of corre-
spondence. The use of the symbol is allowed when several per-
centages are involved.
Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.
UNIT 78 403

Air Mail

Mr. R. C. Brookes, Treasurer


American Corporation
678 E. Wisconsin Street
Orlando, Florida 32811
U.S.A.
404 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Bok uN eto.) a
ae BUNN: oot oer 3 ale pe eee er
By gen oases
ee ee

Pe Sete 30, aS 7b ta ae ee eee


“ee AGRO RIT a ae
ea eee
fee hs G0 Ge Lar Nak Ae ee
tee. (athe Ege eee ee 5 ee
ee Nees 2 aa) Pee
ae ee= pee rg eed ec
eee A Ne
Pel ok ed ee
>. es AL Ala * en Cera
ine eee Ales reo ne ee
BSS) ‘a 0 oN oa a ee ae
UNIT 78 405

Development Department
Enc.
Unit 79
THEORY RECALL

pe ee

KEY

1. transfer, transferred, transferring, transferrer, transference,


transferable, transferee.
. endorse, endorsed, endorsement, endorsing, endorsers.
. indication, indicate, indicating, indicated, indicative, indicator.
. value, valuable, invaluable, valued, valuing, valuation.
. activities, activity, productivity, selectivity, receptivity, objec-
ND
OF

or

tivity, relativity, nativity.


6. at the beginning, from the beginning, from beginning to end.
UNIT 79 407
Pa |SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you setting up your complimentary closing and typed signature


correctly ?
The modern trend in business styling is to omit the firm name
if this name appears in the letterhead.
Remember: the closing of a letter is just as significant as the begin-
ning.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1


this morning ........ Aer certain ..oc=<ec... decisions | ah |
ree. te

ee aa ate relerring 4 2as¢aeve oe Be PE NL

technically ...... YA obverse... Sy eaten TEVEISC 2. Ye eee

consistent ...... Deny ote individual-ly .~X...... greater than ede s

repeated ..... on oe Aa ee collated cee overall ........ Ssogthnsaes

ea atne Tak a. Haibane © oote ae edited ...'..... |


tae he
ubtistrated 27h"
illustrate ay (ol sles
fly P TUNE ~eee tees p hotographed
p ...\—.....

seriously ees te eee laminating °............. :.. Superblade ......' oNhe


ae
408 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 Quotation marks are used to enclose technical terms in non-
technical matter.

Mr. Joseph Morrison


Morrison Advertising Company Limited
125 Portage Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba

= ssc eneenceetcentcnnenenneene
leeSees ies Soe Se Ly
UNIT 79 409

= =

PAPER, LIMITED, John T. Remple, Public Relations Manager


Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

co-operation... \Z.0. Ne NO

sincerely “53 grateful aa pa justify ..A.. J... contribution te

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 When an informal closing phrase is used together with a compli-


mentary closing, the phrase starts at the paragraph margin and is
followed by a comma. The complimentary closing is typed as
usual,

Miller Company Limited


25 Main Street
Winnipeg, Manitoba

John T. Remple, Public Relations Manager


410 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

printers nth be. Pern ies ee export ..... oe No

classifications aoe possession .\e..... personal .. ze Bae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Parentheses are used to set off explanatory comments that are


independent of the main thought of the sentence.
Mr. Allan Jackson
Jackson Direct Mail Advertising
150 Wellington Street
Winnipeg, Manitoba

kb ie Levy
,,PROVINCIAL PAPER, LIMITED, John
T. Remple, Public Relations Manager
Enc.
Unit 80
a THEORY RECALL

(Se ca A eee ee Woes Se Ne eres...

. A
f 2 ae
KEY

1, existing, exist, existed, existence, persisting, persist, persisted,


persistence.
2. experience, experiencing, experiences, experienced, inex-
perienced.
3. confidence, confident, confidently, confidential, self-confidence,
self-confident.
4, season, seasoning, seasoned, seasonable, sustain, sustained,
suspend, suspended.
412 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

5. surgical, surgeon, surge, surgery, surface, survey.


6. service charge, extra charge,-ne~charge, free of charge, this
charge, further charge.

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

greater part of 222... ge Er ee ereat-dceal tc... ar aie

greater and greater ......... a Rae ee greaterinane.. a. PD ie

great number of............ oDSME E Le Ee great many

fT) articte
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

indigenous au ee: woodlands ..... 4g... countries ....... wece ee

world .....2% ee Southern ........oe


bake 2 gravelly =..n eee

rockier eae as Ca Mebeis aera eet adapt ...... uy


nites&met:

alien ..Cz....... ae
Hi ee surroundings ...0/....... productive 200.00
S cece

Climatic doe"... duplicated oe i eae habitat ......... ~ea beets aa


UNIT 80 | 413

capital Wane eas ritual _//~... repeated Bee:

Bonne ae No fet sized | oee Wserting esr


eG
spouts ........ caneee te sluggishly Rane) Mes emptied eee hae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.


2 Commas are used to set off words used in apposition.
3 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
4 Quotation marks are used to enclose technical terms when used
in non-technical material.
The dash is used to set off a parenthetic expression when that
expression has commas within itself.
5 Parentheses are used to enclose a parenthetic expression that is
independent of the main thought of the sentence.
“SUGARING OFF”
414 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

RIES MORNIE Ons ae ¢ SON


meaner Geile ;
UNIT 80 415

Reproduced by permission from the “Commercial Letter,’ Canadian


Imperial Bank of Commerce, Toronto.
Unit 81
se THEORY RECALL

7s ee a (Re ce ate. a
Be NS i a ae fy =e

1, as we are, as we have, as we can, as we may, as we Shall, as we


wish, as we think.
2. discount, discounted, account, accounted, recount, recounted.
3. serve, serving, preserve, preserving, conserve, conserving,
deserve, deserving, reserve, reserving.
4, distinctive, distinct, distinction, distinctively, distinctly, distinct-
ness.
5. representative, represent-ed, representing, representation, mis-
represent-ed.
UNIT 81 417

6. freight charges, express charges, service charges, extra charges,


further charges.

a SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

who have been ............. ln.fas those who have been there ee the

who have not been ..... bowie nee Oushti (to have sc. ee

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Do you know correct forms for typing the signatures of women?


What is the correct form for an unmarried woman? A married
woman? A widow? A divorcee?
How do you sign a letter for your employer?
How do you sign for another person?
For a review of these points see Unit 32.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

Units 81 and 82 consist of letters written by an advertising executive


to the advertising department of a college newspaper. The letters
have been reproduced in their original form to show the difference
between a poorly written, almost disrespectful letter and a well-
written reply by an experienced executive. The reply, while strongly
pointing out the obvious errors and the failure to comply with the
requirements of the advertising company, cleverly keeps the good
will of the correspondent although refusing to compromise.
418 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

client’s. een. editorial Le, nee ae compliance 2 a

reconsider 9 or recommendations ee set Oe eos Acre 2 roe)


PUNCTUATIGN AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


Mr. J. D. Wimple
Frankford Review
Frankford University
Dartmouth, Nova Scotia

ee Welt ce +, McFARLANE ADVERTISING


LIMITED, Mrs. C. A. Soper, Media Buyer
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2
UNIT 81 419

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

* Quotation marks are used around direct quotations. No comma is


required preceding this short quotation.
McFarlane Advertising Limited
150 University Avenue
Halifax, Nova Scotia

X52 D.S= iheak weed ae Be 205 31 oem


ee Sa FRANKFORD REVIEW, Bruce Ritter
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

column ae editorial gee occurred “..... referring Bie.

mitten, 27-2 A eae clarify << e


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory infinitive phrase.


2 In advertising and sales letters, a dash is frequently used to show
a break in thought or an afterthought.

Mr. Bruce Ritter


Frankford Review
Frankford University
Dartmouth, Nova Scotia

|ee Blind 4b es ss SOLS DOODLE Ds DAIS SEAT ERP CPRED OCPD RRC OOR Eee SerPe ce:
420 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mrs. C. A. Soper, Media Buyer


Unit 82
THEORY RECALL

KEY

1. explanation, explain, explained, explaining, explanatory.


2. in regard to, in regard to the, in regard to the matter, in regard
to their, in regard to that.
3. getting, visiting, affecting, effecting, soliciting, destroying,
exciting, collecting.
4. prominent, prominently, permanent, permanently.
5. discrimination, discriminate, discretion, discrepancy.
6. investment corporation, in these corporations, steel corporation,
utility corporation, large corporations.
422 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Have may be omitted in some phrases.

there must have been aa ee it must have been. ........ le Fe

would have been. .......... x ees Salle there have been. ............ dLa eee

seems to have been EES: they must have been ........ Be Re

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Telegrams are an important aspect of modern business. Remember:


they must be done with accuracy and speed; they must be typed in
capital letters, and are usually double spaced.
Can you type a telegram or other urgent message without remov-
ing the material which may be in your machine?
What is a confirmation copy?
What is a confirmation letter?

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

completely es in your last letter ——...¥.... untruth oot a

student ..........: |eee covenants 0. Gea wonder ae


agency.......... lueA operating ar officer eee er.

concer conclusions Hey instruct ...f........Tefal Fa

ESSENce ....... ie RAL Tee sacrifice in ee erate ae! losesae -(Gea

failed or ae vaSaket asa Tesult eae specifications Sees

COMMISSION «a reduction... yee Seth revenue ...7 \~...¢ 4

subject-ed ........ \...... ridiculous “yt see fee AOESCEY Ce a ne


UNIT 82 423

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The colon is used after the following or as follows, or when these


words are understood, when such expressions introduce a list of
items.
Mr. R. K. Bridge, Senior Vice President
McFarlane Advertising Limited
150 University Avenue,
Halifax, Nova Scotia
424 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Nene ec rr
SSNS Aaa bee os Le ake VAswr |
oe

Ie Spe Oar NU Soha WN Be a) Lsaes cielo hac as

FRANKFORD REVIEW, David Sinclair, Manager


Encs.
Unit 83
MY tHeory recat

KEY

1. stock, in stock, livestock, take stock.


2. authorities, authoritative, authoritatively, authorize, authorized,
authorizing, authorization.
3. decorator, speculator, investigator, educator, director.
4, interiors, exteriors, superiors, mirrors, careers.
5. general manager, advertising manager, sales manager, assistant
manager, district manager.
6. at your early convenience, at your earliest convenience, early
convenience, earliest convenience, my convenience.
426 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

in this connection ..... beMese Raw in the meantime


: : SF
in the amount oo. eevee in tegard tothe 025.
ee ate

in the majority of cases......... Lo ze in regard to the matter...) 2

00 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you using the modern business practice of omitting the dictator’s
initials in the reference initials if his name is typed in the signature?
If the secretary composes the letter for her employer, what initials
appear in the reference initials?
Do you always remember to indicate enclosures?
When the enclosure is a cheque, are you following the word
enclosure (or enc.) with the word cheque and its amount?

tv | BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Printing AS Ne council —~/~... sincere mgngy ho gg

Technical ...... ae? deat Northern ae Secondary ........... ew Maer


NL

Harvey ou ae Vocational fs, Institute ph af ob. Sef.

RVerson a... intends ._~2... management


UNIT 83 497

Mr. H. R. Crain
J. P. Crain Limited
57 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario

COUNCIL, Lloyd Dupre, Secretary

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

enthusiastic-iasm ..\.... iaVicatiOls ses Ser


a ead xe A
v

Typomundus -\¢............ exhibition . S—&—-& countries .._,7..Z....

BRVCUSOM CS Zsfa srstec cle Polytechnical 2.0


a
428 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

OCCASION. oeneesee hendured | 02eect eae:

Candidate @ Aven cue Macnmullani ee preview eRe oe

scheduled | ule: \... New York.....; Sn Gultate dl crea

rapINGa cs ae Be. INGUSiTY lee Metropolitan 3...


Z | ZA
finance eS as

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off expressions used in apposition.


2 Titles of speeches, articles, etc., are enclosed in quotation marks.

His Worship
Mayor William Dennison
City Hall
Toronto, Ontario

= Aon Cee EEE | een

BS eos ONG ee meet ONC all eee se


SS ae ne ae EL nL : eg 9Dells: ccvacted elas eee
UNIT 83 429

ne et ANd
ee
coe ae ee gd an aac ora i Coe A 8

ee pad yo Ne nee ele TORONTO


PRINTING COUNCIL, Lloyd Dupre, Secretary
Unit 84
Hn THEORY RECALL

hs OT ete ate inc Me nol an ee


Ee = S. eRe ye in hae a eee
PW inl ewe

KEY

1. circulation, circulate, circulating, circulated, circulator.


2. arbitrarily, arbitrary, arbitrate, arbitrating, arbitration, arbi-
trator.
3. currently, current, apparently, apparent.
4. literature, temperature, lecture, moisture, fixture, puncture,
capture.
5. unit, unity, unite, united, unify, unique.
6. realize, realizing, realized, realization, reality, realism.
UNIT 84 431
Hi SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

ti DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

What does b.c.c. mean?


Do you know where to type this notation on the letter? Do you
know how to make a b.¢.c.?
If you are sending a d.c.c. to people within your company, are
you checking each name to whom it is to go?
Remember to type an envelope for each 6.c.c. that is going to
persons outside your company.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

as a result se ee discussions ...}


.........,.}..,.. University a nies

invitation mesa Operations as Ne cee

accordingly. nae NEW C0) (Ou Sie


vi eee interested ..-—af.......

as soon as oe he indicated l.<#>—~<..-<==. preference NAN

oe SCs. prepaid as ovyermioht sees on


Spcoding a Nc. 2 SINCeTely 5 tno.
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 (Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
432 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. Joseph A. Wilder


171 One Street
Winnipeg, Manitoba

pe eee »....... GENERAL FOODS, LIMITED, S. M. McGinnis


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

airlines .....Y oo. departing eee re! hohe in order that...

prefer BSG SONS... tentative feDes itinerary. ee


interviews
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


General Foods, Limited
Box 4019, Terminal A
Toronto, Ontario

tinea seen abdeh abTab Besnvaescie<csccvcsvacecesaenssscesusessecavcassevussienssnsisvanvoviandsistbencswnuiaseaaens=eeccneanenscarenee


UNIT 84 433

iain hee aac eal Gee a om Seas

eek, ,. J. A. Wilder
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

confirm Saye Reine bn, oe tes invitation. .......... fa putea

arrangements bere Srriving Ve. cs cppreainatels ee

DersoNaleth Scene reservation Dea prepaid a ieee

finalize arrangements ..y=Y.... York Ve. ae northbound ae

terminal ........ ees Be eee Eglinton cated eae pedestrian ...... oso

labelled ..:2- Pee ares Oe entrance «den. elevator ./

reception ......... Psd Stee appointment ees Healey ........ Peue Sees

reimbursed .......,.4..~ as out-of-pocket fetes

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 Parentheses are used to set off explanatory comments that are
independent of the main thought of the sentence.
3 Words and phrases introduced by such expressions as so-called,
marked, labelled, entitled, and signed are enclosed in quotation marks.
434 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. Joseph A. Wilder


171 One Street
Winnipeg, Manitoba
UNIT 84 435

FOODS, LIMITED, S. M. McGinnis


Unit 85
a THEORY RECALL
ih SN eS ae ee ETE en et et rareey woes pee Se
he ee Ser fav Ne eee

KEY

1. cover, covering, clever, stenographer, recover, discover.


2. unquestionable-ly, unquestioned, question, questionable-ly, ques-
tioned, questioning.
. reminders, remind, remainders, remain, remit, remote.
OO
& ignored, ignore, ignoring, ignorant, ignorance.
5. accurate, accurately, accuracy, inaccurate, inaccurately, inaccu-
racy.
6. service corporation, steel corporation, insurance corporation,
large corporations, small corporations, this corporation, these
corporations.
UNIT 85 437

Hn SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


e as eS? .
I OUL OPINION wesc eee! tlk im place of the ...... Na aoe

in other respects in relation to the ............ Benoa.


4 Se? ;
MP Other WOrds* ech sete,
)o nk ni reply to. the 21 =RES Beate

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you making a file copy of all correspondence—letters, reports,


etc.
Can you assemble a carbon pack?
Can you insert a carbon pack into the typewriter easily and
efficiently?
It is wise to remember that the file copy is the only record of your
transcription that remains in the office. Make it worthy of you.

HV| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

reduction Ale AGAR EIA: committee " re, justify hoe

worthy ...... hares: recommends Vie ere ga, studied .-?.....

SOMEONE 14.6053... competent aN hee belches :24Ni Ly eee

obnoxious fe
nani es extension Lore as

completely - eee
NATIONAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
TO: Mr. W. L. Pitman DATE: June (nlc
SUBJECT:

eer Perrier errr


438 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Committee

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

accumulating << furniture


existing ..< ae ate ae PAGES om sata ict necessity ...... Sato“

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

COST REDUCTION COMMITTEE


SUGGESTION FOR COST REDUCTION

| ae aaa, Ae Nine Laan lc

ead ae An Seen Sats ern at


ee bce COON al ees eee
UNIT 85

Ge iW. Playfair Eng. May 7


Originator of Idea Dept. Date

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

boiler

atmosphere bey. compelled S$W~_W abatement .......an)ee

professional See
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW
1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
TO: Mr. Ken Drury, DATE: June 2, 400.
Plant Services
SUBJECT: Boiler House Smoke Abatement

Bc pe ENG, Ns WC Abita
440 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 4

Kelvinator ... : :

burners ......... Ie er Ps Engineer se OiPre hice Frost ........ osect

Thompson wl shin Leonard ........ Aa oe Goldie oe A!


neat:

McCollogh ol mechanical-ly ay ed atOMIZINg J.

operating ae 16,000 Ibs. tl...

automatic intense 9c.

available ..... gz
ee ete, connection .

4. aS
7 ZS

COMSUME{ aA
ee OS COLDOn, ee ee lowest... ee

superior Ce. a

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW


1
The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
2
The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.

June 10,° 19%,


SMOKE ABATEMENT PROJECT
UNIT 85 441

: eh eA al

Sole
ees |X LAD Enh -oahel gt hs Gp MR SOS URS SS pr ETRE RE ERR AT Io PA MEE oe RRC.
v

Pee they SU On ne ae ot
442 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Ul ZS ZS
ee
BA RR ey | ee ee
Siesta eS G et Mone ters Oe cet NA

Ree es te os Ba SNe le
MN Pee ae T. Goodyear
Unit 86
co THEORY RECALL

KEY

. return the, return, adjourn, pattern, modern, sojourn.


. mature, matured, maturing, maturity, immature, immaturity.
. redeemed, redeem, redeeming, redemption, redeemable.
. direct, directs, directed, direction, director, directors.
. prefer, preferred, preferring, preference, preferential, preferment.
. treasury department, sales department, accounting department,
WON
P
nao

advertising department, engineering department, repair depart-


ment.
444 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

| SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Migs pice OMthic fAC heb


ah mete, in theevent.(Of 2 sa

in such matters .......... ees


gr ee Ae in the first place ........ Ze...
in the circumstances |... in, this city e526. = cad aaa

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you placing the required identifying information on the second


page of a two-page letter?
Are you placing it one inch from the top of the page?
Where is this information placed (@) when full-block style is
used in the letter? (5) when other styles are used?
Remember: (1) Leave three lines before beginning the body of the
letter.
(2) Leave at least two sentences of a paragraph on page
one and carry over not fewer than three lines to the
second page.
(3) Never hyphenate the last word on a page.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

AMAL Yeon Sy, schedule... V ines eivesselsts © = ALI as


. a ~w . £ . ° ie fo
avon 1k oes ces Franconia) sates Carinthia =

Le Havre |... S Ne
oe
Southampton (. Rotterdam are Zz

majority 4.5.2 /ee te excellent .__¢2__¢.. thoroughly........ Gas thee


UNIT 86 445

Sylvania

reservation

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Names of ships, trains, and airplanes are enclosed in quotation


marks,
The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when
either or both of these clauses contain commas.
Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
5 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
6 In advertising and sales material the dash is often used to show a
break in thought or an afterthought.
Miss E. J. Thompson
Secretarial Science Department
Ryerson Polytechnical Institute
50 Gould Street
Toronto 2, Ontario
446 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Baie. <A Cee ee oe a ei ee

Pilea Ok Acca eRe Pa.

STEAM-SHIP COMPANY LIMITED, V. H. Page, Assistant


Passenger Manager
Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

sufficient-ly-cy \_/.. brochures ~ representative “\....Z\...2....

at your convenience ae continued — ae ikeHes le alee ae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after short introductory phrases when it


appears natural to pause.
Miss E. J. Thompson
Secretarial Science Department
Ryerson Polytechnical Institute
50 Gould Street
Toronto 2, Ontario

PEC are earner


\ Ze
EK
NN: em 7 a Es
UNIT 86 447

a eaeae ae. eas eR) one


Be lie 39 MN aera) SG URN a ote Bi
scene , THE CUNARD STEAM-SHIP COMPANY LIMITED,
V. H. Page, Assistant Passenger Manager

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

tourist _.| 7... accommodation _b ay ele |


ees will you kindly Age as.

not later than ...... [-ented at the same time .~.......... point out...... ppeers

Pecinsdon a 1 DERE hesitate..c? otf We. Aileen


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


* The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when
either or both of these clauses contain commas.
3 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.

Miss E. J. Thompson
Secretarial Science Department
Ryerson Polytechnical Institute
50 Gould Street
Toronto 2, Ontario

Be 0h Geel dts Be Lal Se Es gt Se ail MERE sb

PUR OT rks 8,
(emer ay Fas

SEA ee eee DAU eek


448 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

a gaidele Bewieclanisin’ CON Los We vw viclnirin.s Vea e Vania Une enripstin enw ueew das AecvieserdiWiacveasedssscosthossseent¢uPedessrecduseisaacauaasuausees

ae ee ey, i OS eeee Oi s

THE CUNARD STEAM-SHIP COMPANY LIMITED, V. H.


Page, Assistant Passenger Manager
Enc.
Unit 87
cL THEORY RECALL

1, treasurer, procedure, furniture, prepare, registrar, taxpayer,


horsepower.
2. certainly, plainly, suddenly, only, annually, semi-annually.
3. identify, identified, identifying, identity, identical, identification,
identifiable.
4, balance, balancing, balanced, balance sheet, cash balance.
5. construction, construct, constructed, constructive, constructively,
constructing.
6. branch manager, office manager, general manager, service
manager, assistant manager, sales manager, advertising manager.
450 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING


Naas

in your last letter cyh income tax Lic

inasmuch as’... a ce ees in these times ............ as Ree are:

in reference to the 0.00 Sec in, thelcaseol se ere

i DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Do you remember the rules for the correct use of numbers? Here
are a few notes to refresh your memory:
1. Isolated numbers of fewer than three digits are written as words,
2. All amounts of money are expressed in figures.
3. In business letters, exact numbers above ten are written in
figures and numbers from one to ten are written as words.
4. Spell out numbers that begin a sentence.
o Spell out first, second, fifth, etc.
6. A number designating an hour of the day is spelled out unless
used with the abbreviations a.m. or p.m.
7. Do not use the decimal point or ciphers in even amounts of
money occurring in the body of a business letter. However, if the
same letter contains amounts of money containing cents, the deci-
mal point and ciphers may be retained for the sake of uniformity.
8. ‘To review the use of numbers, refer to Units 41, 42, and 43.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

caniper oes approximately ._. — ek: 2,200 Ibs. .2,.2...

article hice ARPS Ford tase = LEE TAMU ENS 8 available ... &tha!
Zz
UNIT, 37 451

Cooksville ——X. imported .... 4... Clark ee Le

transmission & ne - ae LLate COverlng nn. awa Ve

Harvey Motor Company of Canada, Limited


P.O. Box 20
Cooksville, Ontario

pe MR eer
asSenet A ays CRU. MO uf
er? wy BB
Beets 2a aati SUA Pee tage Fo. He Oe aan en ns fe

- EO an
Bas.% 17. 14), OETA Rede Sk a ae Feeders Ve Pat ete ATS tb

es. “7 Ee a 2+ PRESTON ROADS


& EXCAVATING, LTD., M. L. Preston

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

and pet. ee sces? models oa ae Arius. specifications Seeetgetee

Covered yaac\o:. tYansMmission A0.Me nse optional AO ens \ WALES Lek.

hesitate 64... PatBn Rad ae


452 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. M. L. Preston
Preston Roads & Excavating, Ltd.
P.O. Box 72
Orynstown, Quebec

tbs a Nhe oe Mr tie


See ic

aa ee a ee
Ire

HARVEY MOTOR COMPANY OF CANADA, LIMITED,


M. S. Leone, Fleet Co-ordinator, Sales Division

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3


A a a SA Ne —~ L ere
COPY DURE wal ea eae CNR BRU at Leone >=“. transmission ...“.~.......

Cruise-O-Matic .—»~. contractor tae a LBes _ oe tnewees,

advisable we engineer ........ ale er consumers ,o-n...o-x..

besardless' 22> ae Rete structure LL, according to

recommend Da fet AN Sa be front...5)..os assist lee. a ;tae /Sie

appropriate Hen area.


UNIT 87 45S

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1
The comma is used after introductory words, phrases, or clauses.
2
The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.

Mr. M. L. Preston
Preston Roads & Excavating, Ltd.
P.O. Box 72
Ormstown, Quebec
454 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

HARVEY MOTOR COMPANY OF CANADA, LIMITED,


J. Y. Stibbard, Truck Sales Production
cc: Mr. M.S. Leone
Fleet Co-ordinator
Harvey of Canada, Cooksville
Unit 88
iu THEORY RECALL

KEY

1. reimburse, reimbursed, reimbursing, reimbursement, to re-


imburse.
2. perfect, perfected, perfecting, perfection, perfectly, imperfect-ly.
3. operating, operate, operated, operation, operative, operator.
4, modern, learn, spurn, adjourn, burn, return.
5. engine, engineer, engineering, engineered, chief engineer.
6. accompanying form, another form, necessary form, as a matter
of form, blank form.
456 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

A SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

for his information ee go for your information ........ = Sh

HO: information £2. se further information .......... soe21 Ge

any imormation a... eee any further information ...... a sae

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Capitalize all proper nouns.


Capitalize a common noun that is used in the place of a proper noun
already mentioned.
Capitalize the word company when it is used in place of the full
name of the Company.
Remember: Do not capitalize the word company when used in
such phrases as our company where company does not replace the full
name. ;
Capitalize firm names, brand names, and trade names.

| BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

conversation ee EN veered relating io eee aa

Research 0/000 kee. indicated .1....<=.... Arvida .... on re.

neighbourhood ——\... letius™knowiuwe ges ee adjusting f— ea

apparent NA reReahite: overcharge ..... 4 myiaey,

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


® The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
UNIT 88 457

Order No. Y-8057


General Import Agencies Limited
Three Rivers
Quebec

2) Lier
Spe emecmeney (:
es ce ees Ma ee teenie ice eee Cca
a Ear is le Be RNG Ia) Se
‘ye leo = ae) e DL ok ee

Oz ate ae ee DA REMM oe PL,


es es a Ne e108 ieee ee

ee py ay S SSecrall ss itiicacan aoe ae

MacKAY AND ANGUS LIMITED, L. B. Kennedy

Enc.

cc mDr Ry Ro-Kostiuk
Research Department
Arvida, Quebec
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

apparatus, 2.3 eeaere

approximately el ee =e A ages made arrangements PR


458 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

exclusively XC 7X alliance one appreciater. 2... cere

BUSY... NOG Sy sl Ae situation i)ars explanation ........ eae

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.
Lawson Industries
100 First Street
Detroit, Michigan

ees Fe ea as Ga Oo
=

Pe, ADs nf eB Ba Dn
MacKAY AND ANGUS LIMITED, L. B. Kennedy

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3


an INCEpUONe cae ae a pproximately =.

secon och eeeoe tains,.iem aaa


UNIT 88 459

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

MacKay and Angus Limited


Three Rivers
Quebec
460 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
Unit 89
PL THEORY RECALL

KEY

l. announce, announced, announcing, announcement, announcer.


2. long experience, personal experience, recent experience.
3. accommodate, accommodating, accommodated, accommoda-
tion, accompany, accompanied, accompanist.
4, exception, exceptional, reception, conception, perception, decep-
tion.
5. at your service, at your convenience, at your request, at your
earliest convenience, at your early convenience.
6. service company, insurance company, steel company, this
company, your company, their company.
462 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

UR ORCEL Wis. ane toe hei kt cee, in order that you ican) 2a

TORU rath te eter cee eee in order that you will). .3 2 3 ee

in order that you ey faces in order that the matter 2c

1a DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Capitalize titles when they precede the person’s name but not
when they follow it.
Capitalize points of a compass only when they refer to geographical
locations, not when they refer to direction.
Capitalize names of courses but not names of subjects.
Capitalize the first word in each item of tabulated material when
it follows a colon.
Do not capitalize nouns such as page, verse, or line.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

Commissioner.......).—<>.. Rio de Janeiro

columnist eh circulate ee ole ee

initiate: 76, 37s eere ai Pennie oe tite, process ..... >


s

Mr. J. R. Strata, General Manager


Minden Malleable Iron Works
Minden, Ontario
UNIT 89 463

Greenspan, Commercial Counsellor, Industrial Development Branch

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

a ene peo ees aoe Neg assistance 4ee dyt i oes

Mr. J. J. Greenspan, Commercial Counsellor


Industrial Development Branch
Ontario Department of Commerce & Development
454 University Avenue
Toronto 2, Ontario
464 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

MINDEN MALLEABLE IRON WORKS, J. R. Strata, General


Manager
Encs.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Se
in connection with . aes
£

Brazilian ee

in the near future

Mr. J. R. Strata, General Manager


Minden Malleable Iron Works
Minden, Ontario

ao GS ey. ONTARIO DEPARTMENT


OF COMMERCE & DEVELOPMENT, R. D. Stratton, Industrial
Development Branch
UNIT 89 465

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 4

ee 7 contacts iL ane shortage Beal ole

industrial ~]....... odre “h bees Commissioners vane export... 4.


Ve

explore oa eS eve queries: 35 2... toourattention ....

if there is ee SEE ah,

Mr. J. R. Strata, General Manager


Minden Malleable Iron Works
Minden, Ontario

& DEVELOPMENT, J. J. Greenspan, Commercial Counsellor,


Industrial Development Branch
Unit 90
a THEORY RECALL

1. season, seasonable, sustain, sustainable, suspend, suspended,


suspect-ed.
2. as soon as the, as soon as it is, as soon as we can, as soon as we
have, as soon as possible.
3. let us know, please let us know, will you please let us know,
let us have, please let us have, will you please let us have.
4. during the last, during the last few days, during the, during the
month, during the time, during the year.
5. freight charges, express charges, service charges, extra charges,
further charges.
UNIT 90 467

6. your inquiry, for your inquiry, several inquiries, will you inquire,
we have inquired.

| SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

o~

ROLE UECOG Wee eh eee Heese, in order to be............ 4 ee

BLO CYbO-AVOIC: ¢.c..cc.cdc-gccnn in order to be sure ........ ay)eae

ororcler tO Cet sat. eae in-orderto take pee cht

| ARTICLE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

pliysics. ca ee

PESO IAL CO Mee


5 th. wean ae. destruction ...... \.
ees

destroy ......... :fae Sree mankind... healthier 2) seen

discovered pos e. beep sdl Use hen bag somewhat «x... parallel

fission .......! eee eres Rutherford le Macdonald


468 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

(WV McGill

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 Dashes.are used to set off a parenthetical expression that requires
more separation from the balance of the sentence than can be
shown by commas.
3 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
4 Commas are used to set off parenthetical expressions.

- NEUTRONS AT WORK
THE PEACEFUL USES OF ATOMIC ENERGY
UNIT 90 469

a eet ae ee EY ese
Sa,

Saercab denise siete Skit aus was eearestes gokas sat hier Jtee neni ccscasases enktu i: pteckeweeete lanaes opel: cine eee eee aoe cee
as

eNeveeeeserceseneereeeeeceeeg ear edeesees Meee ceeecerreeeeseeetteneesaesee errs

Bl g Ns. so seh 8, she ise MN ROO coe re ease Mee PE eS as Mls

a. a LAUT ke name Reena pees


es eae Vee ee

oS tle OME
470 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND
UNIT 90 47]

Reproduced by permission from the ‘Commercial Letter,’ Canadian


Imperial Bank of Commerce, Toronto.
Unit 91

1. statistics, statistical, statistically, artistic, artistical, artistically.


2. recognized, recognition, recognize, recognizing, recognizable.
3. incline, inclining, inclination, decline, declining, declined.
4. liability, feasibility, saleability, accountability, reliability, in-
stability.
5. attractively, actively, superlatively, positively, relatively, effec-
tively.
6. justified, justify, justifying, justifiable, justification.
UNIT 91 473
HD SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

BeLIARS 1S; thle CAS@i A See ke if those who are ....... 1. Memenae ¢

if we are successful A Onlyaee eee ees rOne ae oe eae

if you like if possible ........... ee eke ee

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you using quotation marks correctly?


Do you know how to set up quoted extracts—long ones and short
ones?
Do you know how to show a quotation within a quotation?
Do you know how to quote titles of books, pamphlets, magazine
articles, newspapers, and periodicals (a) when they occur in a business
letter and (4) in material to be set in print?
Do you know the rules for the use of various punctuation marks
when used with quotation marks at the end of a quotation?
For a review of these points, refer to Units 46, 47, and 48.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

All names used in this Umt are fictitious.


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1
fo BS ; . ° °
Beott..... aDee Fisher ..... sjte Senior op ioe Strainers ..... ah Ba:
ea =

negotiations ........ Chane ys


Los

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off expressions used in apposition.


2 C.I.F. means cost, insurance, and freight.
474 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. J. R. Strata, General Manager


Minden Malleable Iron Works
Minden, Ontario

ma eae ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

& DEVELOPMENT, J. J. Greenspan, Commercial Counsellor,


Industrial Development Branch

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Ce ONO ICS oe nena 2, CESCLIPUVe Fw = eae [eae x CN

RCeratuer we al. ae ate reeinte final See


\

assessment ....72..... dee prevailing] 2 structure LL,

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


UNIT 91 475

2 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when


either or both of these clauses contain commas.
3 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
4 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

AIR MAIL
Alfred Gunn & Co. Ltd.
P.O. Box 6
Birmingham 3, England
476 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

eee CSR wf re a a
MALLEABLE IRON WORKS, J. R. Strata, General Manager
Enc.
cc: Mr. Scott Fisher, London S.W.1
Mr. J. J. Greenspan, Toronto

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

confirmationaa: serve oe i On Our pattie 2-. Va

distributors . we bax in the United Kingdom ..... Sele Sistas

in the event we concerned ..23... Xe. Seeeuilge ar tet Re

vacation ..... ae Seer, previously oe aay applicable ....“-X... — aes

correct ...........ca=2.. asa result... on notwithstanding .... Se

responsible-ility ......... Aas autresa references Oy hae ke ee

under the circumstances ....... f a Renee importing

PLC VOCADIE GN A nln Bra Enteiee negotiation ued ee


ine
fodet shaves. 1.25 cat, aa rena of your requirements Pe an.

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.


2 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
3 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses if either
or both of these clauses contain commas.
UNIT 91 477

AIR MAIL

Alfred Gunn & Co. Ltd.


P.O. Box 6
Birmingham 3, England

BN a 1: 0afi
Bead KS 2 ee Ca 10. inte ee

Bir: pe ay elected fig Newey edie


478 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

-
“Ntod,ee (: hee xeoe “

MINDEN MALLEABLE IRON WORKS, J. R. Strata, General


Manager

Enc.

cc: Mr. Scott Fisher, Senior Trade Officer


Ontario House, Charles II Street
London S.W.1, England

Mr. J. J. Greenspan, Commercial Counsellor


Industrial Development Branch
Ontario Department of Commerce & Development
454 University Avenue
Toronto 2, Ontario
Unit 92
a THEORY RECALL

a rae

BR oS ae Ke ON te
6 Ae ae Ss es Mone ae a Sc eee
KEY
1. initial, official, crucial, partial, impartial.
2. colour, caller, killer, tailor, jeweler.
3. satisfaction, satisfactorily, satisfactory, satisfy, satisfies, satisfied,
satisfying.
4, that it is impossible, that it is not, that it is not the, that it must
be, that it is necessary, that it is unnecessary.
5. on the, on the other side, on the other hand, on the one hand,
on the part of, on the subject.
6. contract forms, insurance forms, blank forms, necessary forms,
in one form or another.
480 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

SA SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

ROP USE KNOW! she soe please let us have s...225 eee

let us have ......... = eT eee will you please let us know ..... <S...........

please let us know er Sis will you please let us have ae Be

10 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Do you remember to apply the basic rules for word division?


Are you referring to your dictionary or reference book when you
are in doubt?
There are approximately fifteen basic or general rules for word
division. How many are you using automatically, when necessary?
These rules are listed in Units 49 and 51.

TV | BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

States. a.ead. Alumni eee


ae enc~_»
sere sometime “en ee

Colonel ..... STR Military ........


es aes Adviser .....oe,
7a) keay

expanding ae, facilities ...... Met CA con BAStertie ssa Vie dia
=
UNIT 92 481

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off expressions used in apposition.

Mr. W. T. Milton, Secretary-Treasurer Shankar Villa


General Alumni Association Srinagar
Queen’s University Kashmir
Kingston, Ontario
482 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

oA AEE Se is Soe Skee


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

as fay aS)... < Ls ee aaeinoes Arye prospect ee attempting LLA

field cove DR cri RE we eat Eastern we shes AWare 0% eee


vie

concentrate=—. 1. eae Foundation Cx pointless “ye ee


COUN Yt ee ate iar cee burden .\/1.... borne NZ
McGill ........ eels <e ovo British 9)... Columbia rae
=

consultation Fe ie eae ere


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1. The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


QUEEN’S UNIVERSITY
INTER-OFFICE MEMORANDUM
TO: Mr. W. T. Milton, DATE:
Secretary-Treasurer
General Alumni Association
UNIT 92

Ppp Nhl Rohs ae e nee ;


Galen Bes

ae 25 Lee ore. T. W. Mathews

Enc.

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Experience 0. \Ai. Career ee yeeinttinnn Faculty. sch ase


J Siena Science Le i tied os Fe

Foundation .\Z..... pointless ...... Me nn 1 burdens sles

Iorne fh NCO cei i. consultation ..6.b......60..0.... resumé. i/- ee

Personnel Department a ASSSOOM)AS ie ee! worthwhiles377 es

BUCO ks hacia Gccricd maak ae ee sOrts ce


Colonel L. S. Rice
Shankar Villa
Srinagar, Kashmir
484 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

iMate mei ne Reine

ee ee ne bay a a er seep

ede.
ee) NN ee

US ner ee
dys Ne eaten

Pee tile glay ayy fags QUEEN SIALUMNE AssOGuse


Cc

TION, W. T. Milton, Secretary-Treasurer


Unit 93
aA THEORY RECALL

KEY

. secure, securing, secured, security, insecurity.


. simply, simple, simplify, simplified, simplicity, simplification.
. industrial, industry, industries, district, abstract, distrust, distress.
. employees, employ, employed, employing, employer, un-
employed.
. dated, doubted, traded, treated, concentrated, demonstrated,
liquidated.
. standard requirements, your requirements, special requirements,
unusual requirements, certain requirements, to meet require-
ments.
486 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

in such a manner... ele in, the:same manner 22. ee


z Ly
amthe manner (of ) .....2:. ea next weelors sn ee ee

INES OC Kyo neh Seaeasice oh Mee, in-our interests... eueh


©

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

When you have a large number of envelopes to address, do you


know how to do this quickly and efficiently by chain feeding the
envelopes? This is a very useful office skill. Become familiar with it.
Do you know how to type on a single sheet of a group bound
together at the top? This, also, is a very useful skill with which to
become familiar.
Do you know how to type safely on the bottom edge of the page by
using a backing sheet or pocket sheet?

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

suburban ..... \2.......... subdivision es

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2
The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.
3
Commas are used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.
UNIT 93 487

Sally Sanders of Canada Limited


327 Don Mills Road
Toronto, Ontario

SG LC NR ein ccna
ee. EP fe Li J. W. Maxwell

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

at your convenience ...... Newe we have received HAS aa


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after introductory phrases or clauses.


Mr. J. W. Maxwell
31 Heron Road
Ottawa, Ontario

Nog bea ee we SALLY


SANDERS OF CANADA LIMITED, Donald Heeney, Sales
Manager
Enc.
488 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

wealthy ...4(........(........ clientele sae tae I would suggest ee

as we have................
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


2 The dash is used to set off parenthetical expressions which require
more emphatic separation from the balance of the sentence than
the comma would indicate.
3 The comma is used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.
DAILY REPORT
Representative: John White Date: June 28, 192,
Store Name: Maxwell Pharmacy Amount Sold (retail):
Address: Ottawa South Amount Sold (net):
Change in Personnel:
Buyer:
SUBJECT

Se EMU OC Ie sh et
Unit 94
oe THEORY RECALL

oP 5 eee
are —\; ae =) ere of eee eros eee: PURGE one aie Gemceetsatee 1 Se ee

6. ce Cian ke Sa “a Solgee Ne DN au

KEY

rs attached, attach, attaching, attachment, attachable, detach,


detached, detaching, detachment.
2s conservatively, actively, sensitively, competitively, relatively,
positively, superlatively.
a: signature, picture, armature, adventure, feature, future.
. subsequent, subsequently, frequent, frequently, infrequent,
infrequently.
. great many, great number of, great pleasure, great extent,
great improvement, great value, great deal.
490 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

6. close attention, personal attention, careful attention, necessary


attention, best attention, your attention.

Hn SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

it is only ............ ey ed ad Real not onlys ts il

we have only ........ POSE DG only way in which ...c (odo

ti DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Remember: rough drafts should be typed in triple spacing.


When typing reports make sure that your layout will make it
easy for the reader to grasp the important points quickly, and for
him to see at a glance the relationship between the various sections.
A good layout enables the reader to get an overall picture of the
development of the theme of the report without actually reading
all the material carefully.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1


NOLADACK Males ee
UNIT 94 491

Stark Electronic Instruments Ltd.


Ajax
Ontario

a JEWETT CONSTRUCTION LIMITED, H. R. Hees

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

Steno-trainer mes contract vleeg eee (es = inerelye Pee

Dominion .|—_2.... finish G4. es * remote sn eee


ee

BUSEY CSG) ij indicated ee


PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The semicolon is used to separate two principal clauses when


either or both of these clauses contain a comma.
2 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
492 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Jewett Construction Limited


P.©; Box: 22
Pembroke, Ontario

Pate << fae STARK ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS


LTD., J. J. Switzer, Vice-President
UNIT 94 493

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

we have received ..7\........ installation (2... =f. foo a ae

closure ®..7,,....... panels ...... Ye us Meek Kiwano

dimensions |... allegedly. ICA Re provided oe ae


Stark yee Electronics contact ...... LPEM As

whatever arrangements os Tit ee see holdback ./_\...........

Stark Electronic Instruments Ltd.


Ajax
Ontario

Se Dea eos HIG gee C LEP Ie Oa teh nt ser

‘aes pe inteS ne

Seat donee ieeea


iecee DRE, Bee eee co nee es (ie
ee a as PU

LIMITED, H. R. Hees
Unit 95
Ee THEORY RECALL

oe ds) Peas Bee 2.atae i


ie
eee \r \S ae ‘\em.... te
ma al Neer se hea See ae

ee ads SES On ee OR

KEY

1. described, describe, describing, description, descriptive, describ-


able.
2. traffic, perfect, perfected, provoke, defect, defective.
3. to make certain, to make sure, to make way, to make the most.
4. there is, there is not, there is also, there is certainly, there is no
doubt, there is some, there is only, there is little.
5. necessity, necessitate, mecessitating, necessitated, necessary,
necessarily.
6. present form, necessary forms, another form, this form, our forms.
UNIT 95 499

SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

Be OLN Chae tac


or a by some other means

some time or other _.....—

other questions .......... &,Deepest oN

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

When typing a manuscript remember to:


(1) Use good-quality bond paper, 84 ins. x 11 ins. in size.
(2) Always make at least one carbon copy.
(3) Leave three spaces between the title or subtitle and the body of
the manuscript on page one.
(4) Have margins at the top of succeeding pages one and one-half
inches above the text.
(5) Make the left margin on bound material one and one-half
inches and the right margin, one inch. On unbound material
these margins are one and one-quarter inches.
(6) Use double spacing; indent paragraphs five spaces.
(7) Precede a central subheading with three blank lines and follow
it with one blank line. A side heading on a separate line is
preceded by two blank lines and followed by one blank line.

HV. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1 tae

Preparing ...\\..-j-3 ASfees , Landem . acceleratote wegen

addenda aed MOGUIIENtS 2soe ae philosophy ee re

Van de Graaff. os ie. l= fy Eee specification .\ See de.

Terminal ...... ie ah jutsMu iSiod reproduced Oe

circulated VE ae Laie > institutions .... oakFeet Shh ce


496 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. J. A. Foster, Vice President


American Engineering Corporation
3612 East 21st Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02119
U.S.A.

7,8, NUCLEAR RESEARCH CORPORATION,


T. Lemantagne
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

literature _‘1...... Tandem..~


Pe Foe accelerator Ree
mentioned Bae aie reproducing .eV

please let me know Nae Washington “y

Dr. T. Lemantagne
Nuclear Research Corporation
Shawville, Quebec
UNIT 95 497

~gupfig AMERICAN ENGINEERING CORPORATION, Russell

R. Kennedy, Science Applications

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

mentioned 7-2-2 Washington La. certainly Eas Cr:

ascertain we objection eo concerning 2.QQ Dae


Tandem >... internal Qn paar Sports 2. Ne eee

specifically \....\
\oe correspondence ee glossies ee a

reproducibles .\..... illustrations ..4,...4..A... ve specs 8) ons

Dr. T. Lemantagne
Nuclear Research Corporation
Shawville, Quebec
498 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

AMERICAN ENGINEERING CORPORATION, J. A. Foster,


Vice President and Director, Marketing
Unit 96
A THEORY RECALL

1. we must ask you, we must, we must not, we must be, we must have.
2. recently, pleasantly, presently, decently, evidently, definitely,
prominently.
3. correspondence, correspond, correspondingly, corresponded,
correspondent.
4. representative, represent-ed, representing, representation, mis-
represent.
5. great, greatly, greater, greater than, great extent, great deal.
6. we have your inquiry, in reply to your inquiry, in reply to
the inquiry.
500 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Ht SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

should have received ........ aS hairs pees av all times: 2 ave a 2S Soa

we have just received ......... ore eee ne valuable time ...... Soe a
Ca

we Shall be glad to receive ..... ae Se moré time: <7 ee

HH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Footnotes often form part of a manuscript. Plan the placing of these


footnotes carefully. Here are pointers to help you:
(1) Leave one blank line below the last line of the text.
(2) Type a line two inches long beginning at the left margin.
(3) Leave a double space following this.
(4) Single space footnotes; leave a double space between them.
) Number the footnotes consecutively using raised figures. A
corresponding number is used in the text following the notation
to which it refers.
(6) Leave one space between the raised number in the footnote
and the first word of the footnote.

HV BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

permanent Nay prominent

Engineering ee Ee ES instructions ...l9....fetes: piesie


. Ne NS as
Pen ee pamphlets 7. que

brochures ......... NyCom eae concerning — Yue). graduated f, al

University ......... a setae Alberta ...... Ganied) Athlone ae Sue

for your consideration he aie


UNIT 96 501

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Parentheses are used to enclose explanatory comments that are


independent of the main thought of the sentence.
65 Main Street
Manchester 15
ENGLAND
september 26, 19..
Personnel Manager
The Nuclear Engineering Company Limited
76 West Lansdowne Street
Greenborough
Ontario, Canada

a,
ce eae Soe Ze Se ee Yt leSees, aera ea Sx igsoh thes

Late Ko OC... William C. Hilton


VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

achievements hol bet post-graduate ps! professional NYO:

eongratwlate. 21.4... LE te e hte phe BEMIOL 2c ae ieetee

in the near future mutual Sie: mailed af... advances lo


502 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


2 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.

Mr. William C. Hilton


65 Main Street
Manchester 15
England
UNIT 96 503

LIMITED, J. C. Douglas, Personnel Manager


Encs.
VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

Certified oA... oA otros Chat..... tole[EAM Simonweennae


forces Didsbury ie
Z 65 Main Street
Manchester 15
ENGLAND
October 20, 19.-
Mr. J. C. Douglas, Personnel Manager
The Nuclear Engineering Company Limited
76 West Lansdowne Street
Greenborough
Ontario, Canada
Unit 97
i THEORY RECALL

KEY

1. return, learn, burn, turn, modern, pattern.


2. and I will be glad to send you, we will be glad to send you,
we would be glad to send you, should be glad to send you.
. account, accounts, accounting, accountant, accounted.
. discovered, discover, discovering, discoverer, discovery.
. investigate, investigating, investigated, investigator, investigation.
& .
Or
OD
O98 fire insurance, your insurance, life insurance, liability insurance,
endowment insurance.
UNIT 97 505

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

PAMURE SATE G ste ee: which will be sent you Se

LOK SOME tMete tee. hey when you have........... & POUL aaah &,

within the next week ae (xe last week ........... Meera


eeAE ey My

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Are you keeping alive the habit of learning?


Are you reading articles, books, and periodicals that pertain to
your work? Are you reading (to build your vocabulary) good
literature, including good newspapers? Are you listening to good
speeches, good lectures, and good discussions? Are you learning to
evaluate what is good in what you read, hear, and see? An education
awaits you if you will!
Will you add dignity to your position by possessing the poise
and confidence that are the result of adequate knowledge and pre-
paration?
Will you experience the thrill of accomplishment and the feeling
of deep personal satisfaction that result from doing some task so
well that the doing of it becomes its own reward?

HV) BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

arboretum .\4... botanical


506 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.


The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.
The comma is used to set off parenthetical expressions.
Pe
DS
©
Dashes are used to set off parenthetical expressions that require
greater separation from the balance of the sentence than can be
shown by commas.
15 Ocean Road
Great Kills
Staten Island, N.Y. 10308
Phone: YUkon 2-9761
Marcho/,19
Mr. Allan Siers
The International Metal Company, Inc.
22 Wall Street
New York, N.Y. 10038
US.A.
UNIT 97 507

ae a) SE rn eee oe George Steiner

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

= =

horticulture : J therapeutic ....... )


Lereagie Intrusions ......5=<!] ge...

preliminary discretion i ae Bspees


a

BATU
ETDCClpeae sae cc eee missionary ...... pits

innocently at a ae project-ed >)“ee catalyze ....; a Phe ht

regional Lp og

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The semicolon is used between two principal clauses when the


conjunction is omitted.
2 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.
3 The comma is used to set off words used in apposition.
508 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

4 The semicolon is used to separate the members of a series if


any of the items of the series contains a comma.
5 Dashes are used to set off parenthetical expressions that require
more emphatic separation from the balance of the sentence than
can be shown by commas.

15 Ocean Road
Great Kills
Staten Island, New York 10308
March 20, 19..
Mr. Bruce Hill, Secretary
Niagara University Alumni Association
Niagara University
Welland
Ontario, Canada

sosae pee) oe gt Ne ee ‘Sndongc


lend Ae foyeceam ods
UNIT 97

a ORG 1 a, ee a
fban eee foe oe set L
DA SA ee SR Aaa Pas ee Pi,

George Steiner

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

BOLO Verner ns in the meantime perhaps ..... Nesoe

within the next week {ae a, eitel

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off non-restrictive phrases or clauses.


510 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Mr. George Steiner


15 Ocean Road
Great Kills
Staten Island, New York 10308

a Pot fete: NIAGARA UNIVERSITY ALUMNI ASSOCIA-

TION, Bruce Hill, Secretary-Treasurer


Unit 98
Lu THEORY RECALL

1. familiar-ity, familiarization, familiarize, familiarized, familiariz-


ing.
2. patient, patiently, patience, impatient, impatiently, impatience.
3. describing, describe, descriptive, disagree, disagreeable, dis-
agreement, discourage, discrepancy.
4, system, systematic, systematical, systematize, systematizing,
systems.
5. consistent, consist, consisted, consistency, consistently, consisting,
inconsistent, inconsistency.
6. insurance department, sales department, engineering department,
advertising department, executive department.
siz PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

i SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

your reply .......... f Sng Every Otnetr. " Ainge Oia oe

prompt attention ..... “tb ees to take into account 23.7, Se ee

first-hand |... ie 4 SOREN Se, shall be taken into consideration By

TH DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Your opportunities for success are determined by how you do your


job.
Successful handling of your job
depends on you, your attitudes
and your interests; how you think;
how you act; how you look.
Can you keep your temper? Areyou patient and understanding?
Can you meet deadlines calmly? Can you accept criticism grace-
fully? Can you admit and accept the responsibility for a mistake
with graciousness? Have you a sense of humour? Do you always
try to do the job a little better than it needs to be done?
Success in your chosen field will be yours if you are willing to
work, to listen, to learn, and to do a little more than the minimum
expected of you.

HV, BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

CONSULNDS 1.6. 574.0 Bernd fioer ae lees engineering Peano Sena

undeveloped ....0)......dii evaluate NIAC... potential

scientific .....' LNatit 0 Beto processing fa swesns level


ae

concepts e) osc Digital ....... /pant hs Critical .....<..



==
UNIT 98 513

Exchanger ..... eee Hydraulic aoe ae Network 0.00. een

Analysis ne Cee fs lee iFlexibility af ¢.< objective ........ )eer

encounter ._—-=-=........).. assistance 13.4. implementation~%

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES COMPANY


LIMITED
TORONTO UPTOWN OFFICE

TO: Mrs uA. he ehoot DATE: June 28, 19..


Industry Sales Department
FROM: Liebe Lobey
SUBJECT: SEMINAR FOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS

2 ae ane ow Nig.
514 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Dai. Lobey
bcc: Messrs. S. M. Vanier
D. R. Perkins

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

SEMANA .... ce ECONOMICS 5.5


pay AVAllADIC, = eee

selective nc a en ae oa Structural . aa Hydraulics ae

Bier rical Cr Lonee acca nuk Sor liee ee

possibility eee Research ....... veActon canes Consultants ES Ht

Stevenson ..Q......... Pek elloge ton ee assistance eb eae

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES COMPANY


LIMITED
HEAD OFFICE
FO: Mr. S. M. Vanier DATE: July oy toe.
FROM: Ag Re Root
SUBJECT: SEMINAR FOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS
UNIT 98 515

ee 0 Nee AA RT SRR PO hn sce


ce
=
A Zz
ze s
2N“N =

Ae OAs Ri R., Data Processing Manager, Industry Sales


Ze

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 3

achieve ......: lfoe attending Ht ene please let me know Nae:

flexible Se thermal a expansion NGO ae

Linear ..... (Py Matrix ....... elke 5 ee Inversion SALAS AA

“pean rah Analysis sil geaN Sa: Index"... eee ote

Processing ee personnel Nea nee

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Time is indicated in figures when used with a.m. or p.m. Note


that a.m. and p.m. are typed in lower case and that the ciphers
are usually retained in the even hours when the other figure
contains minutes.

International Business Machines Company Limited


600 Eglinton Avenue East
Toronto 12, Ontario
516 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

e6R ee (ROS NG RES AS eee tN ee


Sree a) » LAA RAN NLS ton
SG) A eee ©

W.S. ARNUP & ASSOCIATES LIMITED, O. Zavitz, P.Eng.


Unit 99
cr THEORY RECALL

1. quality, qualify, qualified, qualifying, unqualified, qualification.


2. substantial-ly, essential, presidential, confidential, residential,
initial.
3. location, selection, affection, affectionate, fiction.
4, current, apparent, apparently, coherent, transparent.
5. as much as possible, as early as possible, as long as possible, as
soon as possible.
6. through arrangements, make arrangements, necessary arrange-
ments, unnecessary arrangements, financial arrangements.
518 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Ht SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

additional cost ....... Do eee additional expense ......... Ve earn tl

bill of lading Veer eee referring to your letter ..... Sas Bee

board of directors ....... otiste life insurances.


= = a We ie Be

Hn DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION TECHNIQUES

Success comes from planning, preparing, and then going forward


confidently.
Learn to be fit and look that way.
Learn to retain your fresh, genuine interest in everything that
goes on in the world.
Learn to find pleasure in whatever you do.
Learn that to make a mistake is human, but to fail to find the
reason is foolish.
Learn to approach change and new environments as challenges.
Learn to anticipate the needs of others.
Learn to keep informed of the latest developments in office
efficiency.
Learn to be alert to every new idea that helps you work more
effectively.
Learn to cultivate and keep fresh a sense of humour.
Learn to be both interested in and interesting to other people.
Learn and observe the fundamental rules of courtesy. Courtesy
is more important than the law. We rise or fall by our manners.
Learn to remember who you are, what you are, and that it is
your duty to excel.
Learn to meet the dynamic business situation where you will be
working with assurance; function in it with pride; push back the
walls of your “secretarial corner” and scan the horizons of the
business world that awaits you.
UNIT 99 519

1 BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 1

editorial ae PLOCESS s,s oyvoy erie International


2=

Symposium oss. qualified 7... oe_— CONCUD 2c et

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.

Dr. N. D. Sharp, Director


Medical Research Laboratories
78 Richmond Road
Ottawa
Ontario, Canada
520 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

AGRICULTUREioe Roger A. Park, Editor, Vol. 3,


Proceedings 196
Enc.

cc: Dr. S. M. Hudson

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW LETTER 2

es ee veg ee
een Were wae mutual 2.

BECO 07 cc ret literature ...... fhPees underlying ......~ Ce me:

refer ave greater at Nee emphasis eee

inadequately ~~]... adopted i (Se, [oe sk supplements \auee

updates ) ect as well as.......... 6.ea ae actial | meats

laboratory lava procedure con BySi al admittedly ....... L,- see:

comparison YN inferred WSs shortcomings ....... ~ oe

essentially .../ Sas! permeable ..... aN naan resistance 4...

inherent eA assessed 3 ae: dseee ;characteristics.) see ae

in accordance with the .-......... instruction .U........ authors ....... CPee

Versions 0.0 Dn identical prt eee Intend << acl See

illustrate . “1... tale ole ae utility 4 Ee aUgSMENnttINS . 2. see

somewhere «ny.,4.. paragraph ..... ae cae communicate nee

directly ofa.
PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 The comma is used after an introductory phrase or clause.


UNIT 99 521

2 The comma is used to set off a non-restrictive clause.


’ The comma is used to separate two principal clauses.

Dr. Roger A. Park, Editor


Vol. 3, Proceedings 196.
International Agriculture Symposium
Cornell University
Ithica, New York 13728
U.S.A.

Fe en joe AS, ES eRe ae

ee | a a Be Sele eee se

beDh deem gh Remar 2


leat ee a Fe CRIM 7E) oN Si fale
PR eae

I A ctr cect
Ree pina
522 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Catlin Cushatice PA BATEN.


GES iat2Sores cme Pea

MEDICAL RESEARCH LABORATORIES, N. D. Sharp,


Director
Unit 100
| THEORY RECALL

KEY

1. preference shares, cumulative shares, deferred shares, ordinary


shares.
2. scientific research, scientific work, scientific field, scientific
approach.
3. to meet requirements, if he required, do you require, we shall
require, daily requirements.
4. correspond, corresponded, correspondent, corresponding, cor-
respondence.
5. product, productive, production, productiveness, productively.
6. excess, access, possess, recess, process, success.
524 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Hin SPEED BUILDING THROUGH PHRASING

free on board Sa ordinary shares ............. yy,dak eee

under separate cover ...... a stock exchangesai eee [ae

preference shares .......... Nysa ie Pare it is certainly not.......... Baa en

TH ARTICLE

VOCABULARY-BUILDING PREVIEW

Sone bie L as system .Qoas... en... discovery ....]. Aa bie


d

southernmost Va mainland .4.070or Territories ......... AVA Are ae

civilization RR, ca dedicated


1 1..1-2.. education....... > ae

maintained ~~... unimpaired ~<—>n.... generations ....... ie Cae

representative “».Z\..Z\. regions ps velatively a... Be bee

St. Lawrence a diverse ...[


20.) £....... OCEAN neces eee

SOLESIEO 8 Mountain ..... RW... western .......... Wik See Na.

Ruegeds ee es grandeur ..... e See concentration <b. 21.


UNIT 100 525

explored Se oS co oe \Z. administrative ./->.... savour .s 2. Sone

outdoors ........../! ifor veer Saskatchewan s


a pan numerous .........7

MPAVETSOS: cc... d.Pee a ie surrounding’ 07.2 hiking. 74¢.5.0-

PUNCTUATION AND TRANSCRIPTION PREVIEW

1 Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause.


2 The semicolon is used to separate two statements closely related
in subject.
8 The comma is used to set off a parenthetical expression.
THE NATIONAL PARKS

NE oe ie en Sy Nu alee
526 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

en, tenable De hed ecb Nr


=
UNIT 100 527
ens A eae ein Ce oan ae
ee we ee eS) ie oe ee

Soe er ceed RE,


eee ee SN =

lA | in an ay ge
528 PITMAN SECRETARIAL SHORTHAND

Reproduced by permission from the “Commercial Letter,” Canadian


Imperial Bank of Commerce, Toronto.
ae
a ia
°rae
ripest
ee
sna~~alien

You might also like